1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is herby kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5369 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9196 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9201 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9213 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9225 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9237 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9261 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9265 \begin_inset space ~
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9280 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9284 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9285 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9286 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9290 option in the space dialog.
9298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 \begin_layout Standard
9313 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9315 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9318 \begin_layout Standard
9319 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9322 What is correct English?:
9323 \begin_inset Newline newline
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9334 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 \begin_inset Newline newline
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9371 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9377 \begin_layout Standard
9378 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9383 \begin_inset space ~
9387 \begin_inset space ~
9391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9395 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9413 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9417 for more information about TeX-Code.
9423 In our case write the command
9430 (note the space after
9431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9438 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9439 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9440 That is why it is named
9441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 There exists also the commands
9465 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9466 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9469 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9481 \begin_layout Subsection
9483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9485 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9503 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9514 There you find the following sizes:
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9530 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9535 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 for the paragraph separation.
9551 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9577 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9578 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9580 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9581 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9590 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9599 s are described in section
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9606 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9615 If there are several
9619 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9620 You can therefore use
9624 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9627 \begin_layout Standard
9632 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9633 \begin_inset space ~
9637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9639 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9657 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9658 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9670 \begin_layout Subsection
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9681 There are four possibilities:
9684 \begin_layout Itemize
9690 \begin_layout Itemize
9696 \begin_layout Itemize
9702 \begin_layout Itemize
9708 \begin_layout Standard
9709 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9710 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9711 the left and right margins.
9712 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9717 This paragraph is right aligned,
9720 \begin_layout Standard
9722 this one is centered,
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9727 this one is left aligned.
9730 \begin_layout Subsection
9735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9744 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9753 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9754 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9755 Only if you use many
9759 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9763 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9764 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9768 have to change the pagebreaking.
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9774 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9777 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9785 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9790 \begin_inset space ~
9795 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9797 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9798 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9803 at the top of a page.
9804 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9805 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9806 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9807 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9811 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9826 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9845 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9846 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9847 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9848 if necessary by adding pages.
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9855 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9857 \begin_inset space ~
9863 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9866 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \begin_inset space ~
9877 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9878 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9881 \begin_layout Subsection
9886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9895 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9903 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9905 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9908 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9910 \begin_inset space ~
9914 \begin_inset space ~
9924 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9927 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9933 \begin_inset space ~
9938 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9940 This is necessary to avoid
9941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9948 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9953 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9954 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9955 set a linebreak, e.g.
9956 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9957 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9963 reference "sec:Quote"
9968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9970 reference "sec:Verse"
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9977 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9984 \begin_layout Subsection
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9988 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 \begin_inset space ~
10018 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10024 \begin_layout Section
10025 Characters and Symbols
10028 \begin_layout Standard
10029 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10030 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10035 \begin_inset space ~
10038 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10046 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10050 for informations how this is done.
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10059 dialog via the menu
10061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10062 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10078 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10079 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10087 \begin_layout Section
10088 Fonts and Text Styles
10089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10091 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10098 \begin_layout Subsection
10103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10112 \begin_layout Standard
10113 There are two types of fonts:
10116 \begin_layout Description
10118 \begin_inset space ~
10125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10131 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10132 characters) in the font.
10133 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10134 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10135 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10136 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10137 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10138 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10139 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10140 provide a good image.
10141 \begin_inset Newline newline
10144 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10145 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10146 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10147 sizes than at small ones.
10148 \begin_inset Newline newline
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10170 \begin_layout Description
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10186 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10187 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10188 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10189 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10190 picture manipulation program.
10191 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10192 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10193 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10194 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10195 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10197 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10198 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10199 \begin_inset Newline newline
10202 Bitmap fonts are named
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10210 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10214 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10215 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10216 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10217 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10222 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10223 its document properties.
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10228 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10229 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10230 font to emphasize text, you use an
10231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10239 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10240 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10244 \begin_layout Subsection
10245 Document Font and Font size
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10248 name "sub:Document-Font"
10256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276 You can set the document fonts in the
10278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10286 Document ! Settings
10292 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10293 font shapes roman (serif),
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10309 The possible options for the font include
10313 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10318 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10340 European Computer Modern
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10353 \begin_layout Standard
10362 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10363 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10371 \begin_inset space ~
10376 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10382 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10383 There are three ways to use one:
10386 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 One way is to use the
10397 Virtual means that it
10398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10409 -glyphs from other fonts.
10410 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 Loading the LaTeX-package
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10446 with the document preamble line
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 will fix the guillemet problem.
10463 and that accented characters are not
10467 glyph, they are build of
10471 characters, the accent and the letter.
10472 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10476 fonts for words with accented characters.
10477 If you search for example for the French word
10478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10485 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10494 and not for the glyph
10495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10499 \begin_inset space ~
10503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10509 \begin_layout Itemize
10510 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 , consists of these three main font types
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10547 \begin_inset space ~
10557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10561 \begin_inset space ~
10568 as typewriter font.
10569 \begin_inset Newline newline
10572 The differences between roman,
10575 \begin_inset space ~
10584 fonts are explained in section
10585 \begin_inset space ~
10589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10591 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10596 \begin_inset Newline newline
10602 \begin_inset space ~
10607 was originally designed for newspapers.
10608 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10609 into the small newspaper columns.
10613 \begin_inset space ~
10618 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10621 \begin_layout Itemize
10622 The best solution is to use the
10627 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10634 \begin_layout Standard
10635 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10638 For the font size there are four possible values:
10655 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10659 The font sizes are the
10664 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10665 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10666 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10669 \begin_inset space ~
10675 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10676 \begin_inset space ~
10680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10682 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10690 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10702 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10706 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10707 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10708 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10710 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10713 dialog, see section
10714 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10720 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10732 \begin_layout Subsection
10733 Using Different Character Styles
10737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10756 \begin_layout Standard
10757 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10758 certain paragraph environments.
10759 LyX supports two character styles,
10768 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10772 \begin_layout Standard
10777 style, do one of the following:
10780 \begin_layout Itemize
10781 click on the toolbar button
10782 \begin_inset Graphics
10783 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10790 \begin_layout Itemize
10791 use the key binding
10794 \begin_inset space ~
10800 \begin_layout Standard
10801 These commands are all toggles.
10806 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10809 \begin_layout Standard
10810 One typically uses the
10814 style for proper names.
10816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10823 is the original author of LyX.
10824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10830 \begin_layout Standard
10831 A more widely used character style is the
10836 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10843 \begin_layout Itemize
10844 clicking on the toolbar button
10845 \begin_inset Graphics
10846 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10853 \begin_layout Itemize
10854 using the keybindings
10857 \begin_inset space ~
10863 \begin_layout Standard
10868 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10869 es use a different font.
10872 \begin_layout Standard
10873 We've been using the
10877 style all over the place in this document.
10878 Here's one more example:
10881 \begin_layout Quotation
10884 Don't overuse character styles!
10887 \begin_layout Standard
10888 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10889 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10890 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10891 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10895 \begin_layout Standard
10896 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10899 \begin_inset space ~
10906 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10908 \begin_inset space ~
10916 \begin_layout Subsection
10917 Fine-Tuning with the
10922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10924 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10941 \begin_layout Standard
10942 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10943 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10944 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10945 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10946 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10947 from ordinary dialog.
10950 \begin_layout Standard
10951 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10952 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10953 \begin_inset Newline newline
10956 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10957 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10960 \begin_layout Standard
10961 To use custom character styles, open the
10963 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10965 \begin_inset space ~
10971 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10972 font property which you can choose.
10973 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10976 \begin_inset space ~
10981 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10986 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10987 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10988 environments in a snap.
10991 \begin_layout Standard
10992 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10995 \begin_inset space ~
11007 \begin_layout Labeling
11008 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11022 The possible options are:
11026 \begin_layout Labeling
11027 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11032 This is the Roman font family.
11033 Normally a serif font.
11034 It's also the default family.
11039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11051 \begin_inset space ~
11060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11068 \begin_inset Note Note
11071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11072 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11073 It is explained in section
11074 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11080 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11092 \begin_layout Labeling
11093 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11097 \begin_inset space ~
11104 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11123 \begin_inset space ~
11132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11142 \begin_layout Labeling
11143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11150 This is the Typewriter font family.
11157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11191 \begin_layout Labeling
11192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11197 This corresponds to the print weight.
11202 \begin_layout Labeling
11203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11208 This is the Medium font series.
11209 It's also the default series.
11212 \begin_layout Labeling
11213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11220 This is the Bold font series.
11227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 \begin_inset space ~
11248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11259 \begin_layout Labeling
11260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11265 As the name implies.
11270 \begin_layout Labeling
11271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11276 This is the Upright font shape.
11277 It's also the default shape.
11280 \begin_layout Labeling
11281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11295 s the Italic font shape
11301 \begin_layout Labeling
11302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11309 This is the Slanted font shape
11311 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11314 \begin_layout Labeling
11315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11319 \begin_inset space ~
11326 This is the Small caps font shape
11333 \begin_layout Labeling
11334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11339 Alters the size of the font.
11340 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11341 nal to the document font size.
11342 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11343 what you want to do.
11348 \begin_layout Labeling
11349 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 \begin_inset space ~
11392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11415 \begin_inset space ~
11424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11434 \begin_layout Labeling
11435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11469 \begin_inset space ~
11478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11488 \begin_layout Labeling
11489 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_inset space ~
11532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11555 \begin_inset space ~
11564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11574 \begin_layout Labeling
11575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 \begin_inset space ~
11618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11641 \begin_inset space ~
11650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11660 \begin_layout Labeling
11661 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11675 It's also the default size.
11680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 \begin_inset space ~
11701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11724 \begin_inset space ~
11733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11743 \begin_layout Labeling
11744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_inset space ~
11787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11810 \begin_inset space ~
11819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 \begin_inset space ~
11873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11896 \begin_inset space ~
11905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11950 \begin_inset space ~
11959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11969 \begin_layout Labeling
11970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_inset space ~
12013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12036 \begin_inset space ~
12045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12055 \begin_layout Labeling
12056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_inset space ~
12099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12122 \begin_inset space ~
12131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12142 \begin_layout Standard
12147 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12148 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12149 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12150 - use that instead.
12151 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12154 \begin_layout Labeling
12155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12160 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12165 \begin_layout Labeling
12166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12173 This is text with emphasize on
12176 This might seem like the same as
12180 , but it is actually a bit different.
12186 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12188 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12191 \begin_layout Labeling
12192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12199 This is text with Underbar on.
12206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12218 \begin_inset space ~
12227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12237 \begin_inset Newline newline
12242 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12243 when you couldn't change fonts.
12244 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12245 It's only included in LyX because some people
12249 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12252 \begin_layout Labeling
12253 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12260 This is text with Noun on.
12267 , this is a logical attribute.
12268 Normally it's equivalent to
12271 \begin_inset space ~
12280 \begin_layout Labeling
12281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12286 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12287 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12291 \begin_inset space ~
12296 , which is the default
12297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12304 and means normally black, you can choose between
12340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12349 \begin_layout Labeling
12350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12355 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12356 the language of the document.
12357 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12361 \begin_layout Standard
12362 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12363 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12365 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12367 \begin_inset space ~
12372 dialog, the settings are saved.
12373 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12374 \begin_inset Graphics
12375 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12380 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12381 when the dialog isn't visible.
12385 \begin_layout Standard
12386 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12389 \begin_inset space ~
12395 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12396 (suppose you just set the shape to
12397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12415 \begin_inset space ~
12427 \begin_layout Standard
12428 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12436 \begin_inset space ~
12448 \begin_layout Itemize
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12461 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12479 \begin_inset Newline newline
12486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12511 \begin_inset Note Note
12514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12515 For more on phantoms see section
12516 \begin_inset space ~
12520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12522 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12532 \begin_inset Newline newline
12538 \begin_layout Itemize
12543 fonts use characters with serifs.
12544 These are the small
12545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12552 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12553 The following example will show the difference:
12554 \begin_inset Newline newline
12558 \begin_inset Newline newline
12563 text without serifs
12566 \begin_inset Newline newline
12569 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12570 They are therefore used as default font (named
12577 \begin_layout Itemize
12583 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12584 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12587 \begin_layout Standard
12588 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12589 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12592 \begin_layout Section
12593 Printing and Previewing
12596 \begin_layout Subsection
12600 \begin_layout Standard
12601 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12602 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12603 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12604 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12605 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12608 \begin_inset space ~
12616 \begin_layout Standard
12617 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12618 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12619 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12620 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12621 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12622 This happens in two stages:
12625 \begin_layout Enumerate
12626 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12627 generating a file with the extension,
12628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12642 \begin_layout Enumerate
12643 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12647 file to produce printable output.
12651 \begin_layout Subsection
12652 Output file formats
12656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12665 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12678 File formats ! ASCII
12686 \begin_layout Standard
12687 This file type has the extension
12688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12700 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12704 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12711 \begin_layout Standard
12712 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12714 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12715 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12721 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12727 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12735 \begin_layout Standard
12736 This file type has the extension
12737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12748 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12750 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12751 it manually with console commands.
12752 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12753 you view or export your document.
12756 \begin_layout Standard
12757 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12759 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12760 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12792 This file type has the extension
12793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12813 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12814 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12815 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12817 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12821 \begin_layout Standard
12822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12830 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12831 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12836 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12837 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12838 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12839 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12842 \begin_layout Standard
12843 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12845 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12846 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12858 File formats ! PostScript
12866 \begin_layout Standard
12867 This file type has the extension
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12880 PostScript was developed by the company
12884 as printer language.
12885 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12887 PostScript can be seen as
12888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12891 programming language
12892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12895 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12900 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12910 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12920 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12923 \begin_layout Standard
12924 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12928 Encapsulated PostScript
12929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12932 (EPS, file extension
12933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12945 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12946 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12947 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12948 whenever you view or export your document.
12949 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12950 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12951 EPS to avoid this problem.
12954 \begin_layout Standard
12955 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12957 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12958 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12964 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12988 \begin_layout Standard
12989 This file type has the extension
12990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13006 Portable Document Format
13007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13010 (PDF) is developed by
13014 as derivative from PostScript.
13015 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13024 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13025 looks exactly the same.
13028 \begin_layout Standard
13029 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13033 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13037 (JPG, file extension
13038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13065 Portable Network Graphics
13066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13069 (PNG, file extension
13070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13082 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13083 in the background to one of these formats.
13084 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13085 will slow down your workflow.
13086 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13089 \begin_layout Standard
13090 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13092 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13095 in three different ways:
13098 \begin_layout Description
13099 PDF This uses the program
13103 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13104 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13108 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13109 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13112 \begin_layout Description
13114 \begin_inset space ~
13117 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13121 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13125 \begin_layout Description
13127 \begin_inset space ~
13130 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13134 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13137 \begin_layout Standard
13138 We recommend to use
13141 \begin_inset space ~
13150 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13156 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13159 \begin_layout Subsection
13164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13173 \begin_layout Standard
13174 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13175 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13179 and choose a file type.
13180 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13183 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13186 you can use the toolbar button
13187 \begin_inset Graphics
13188 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13198 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13200 \begin_inset space ~
13206 \begin_inset Graphics
13207 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13213 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13217 \begin_inset Graphics
13218 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13229 \begin_layout Standard
13230 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13231 viewer window using the menu
13233 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13239 \begin_layout Standard
13240 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13242 To have a real output, export your document.
13245 \begin_layout Subsection
13246 Printing the File from within LyX
13247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13249 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13256 \begin_layout Standard
13257 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13258 it directly from within LyX.
13259 To print a file, select the menu
13261 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13264 or click on the toolbar button
13265 \begin_inset Graphics
13266 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13271 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13272 This file is then processed by the program
13276 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13281 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13284 \begin_layout Standard
13285 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13286 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13287 printing one set to print on the other side.
13288 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13289 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13290 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13293 \begin_layout Standard
13294 You can set the parameters in the
13297 \begin_inset space ~
13305 \begin_layout Labeling
13306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13311 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13316 Note that this printer name is for the program
13325 has to be configured for this printer name.
13326 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13327 \begin_inset space ~
13331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13333 reference "sub:Printer"
13342 The printer should understand PostScript.
13345 \begin_layout Labeling
13346 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13351 The name of a file to print to.
13352 The output will be a PostScript file.
13353 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13357 \begin_layout Section
13358 A few Words about Typography
13362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13371 \begin_layout Subsection
13376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13392 \begin_layout Standard
13394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13405 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13420 \begin_layout Enumerate
13422 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13426 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13444 \begin_layout Enumerate
13446 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13450 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13481 \begin_layout Enumerate
13483 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13487 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13531 \begin_layout Enumerate
13533 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13537 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13541 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13560 You generate them by inserting the
13561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13572 character multiple times in a row.
13573 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13574 final output, but not in LyX.
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13578 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13579 math mode and has a length of its own.
13580 Here are some examples of the
13581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13595 \begin_layout Enumerate
13596 line- and page-breaks
13597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13607 \begin_layout Enumerate
13609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13619 \begin_layout Enumerate
13620 Oh --- there's a dash.
13621 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13631 \begin_layout Enumerate
13632 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13646 \begin_layout Subsection
13651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13660 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13667 \begin_layout Standard
13668 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13669 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13678 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13683 following the rules of the document language
13687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13688 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13696 \begin_inset space ~
13700 \begin_inset space ~
13707 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13718 \begin_layout Standard
13719 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13724 and with unusual constructs, like
13725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13733 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13734 This is done with the menu
13736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13737 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13739 \begin_inset space ~
13745 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13746 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13749 \begin_layout Standard
13750 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13751 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13752 a hyphen and a space in the form
13753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13761 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13769 as hyphenation possibility.
13770 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13771 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13772 of the LaTeX-box-command
13778 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13779 As LyX doesn't support
13785 , we have to use TeX Code.
13786 The result looks in LyX like:
13789 \begin_layout Standard
13790 \begin_inset Graphics
13791 filename clipart/mbox.png
13798 \begin_layout Standard
13799 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13800 \begin_inset space ~
13804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13806 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13813 \begin_layout Subsection
13818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13827 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13828 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13831 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13838 \begin_layout Standard
13839 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13840 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13841 LaTeX then adds the
13842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13845 appropriate amount of space
13846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13850 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13852 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13856 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13870 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13871 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13874 \begin_layout Standard
13875 Here are some examples of
13879 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13882 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_layout Itemize
13892 \begin_layout Standard
13893 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13896 \begin_layout Itemize
13899 this is too much space!
13902 \begin_layout Itemize
13907 \begin_layout Standard
13908 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13911 \begin_layout Standard
13912 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13915 \begin_layout Enumerate
13919 \begin_inset space ~
13924 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13925 \begin_inset space ~
13929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13931 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13940 Spaces ! inter-word
13948 \begin_layout Enumerate
13952 \begin_inset space ~
13957 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13958 \begin_inset space ~
13962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13964 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13981 \begin_layout Enumerate
13985 \begin_inset space ~
13989 \begin_inset space ~
13993 \begin_inset space ~
14000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14002 \begin_inset space ~
14007 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14008 This function is also bound to
14015 \begin_layout Standard
14016 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14019 \begin_layout Itemize
14021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14025 \begin_inset space \space{}
14028 this is too much space!
14031 \begin_layout Itemize
14032 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14037 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14038 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14039 LaTeX will care about this.
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14047 \begin_inset space ~
14052 feature described in section
14063 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14069 Typography ! Quotes
14078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14118 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14119 and use a closing quote at the end.
14121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14129 The keyboard character,
14133 , generates this automatically.
14136 \begin_layout Standard
14137 You can change the behavior of the
14141 key using the submenu
14147 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14155 Document ! Settings
14163 \begin_layout Standard
14164 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14169 There are six choices:
14172 \begin_layout Labeling
14173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14185 Use quotes like this
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14194 \begin_inset Quotes els
14198 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14204 \begin_layout Labeling
14205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14208 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14212 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14218 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14222 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14226 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14232 \begin_layout Labeling
14233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14236 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14240 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14246 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14250 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14254 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14258 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14264 \begin_layout Labeling
14265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14268 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14272 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14278 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14282 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14286 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14290 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14296 \begin_layout Labeling
14297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14300 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14304 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14310 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14314 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14318 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14322 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14328 \begin_layout Labeling
14329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14332 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14336 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14342 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14346 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14350 \begin_inset Quotes als
14354 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14361 These settings affects what character the
14368 \begin_layout Subsection
14373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14374 Typography ! Ligatures
14383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14414 name "sub:Ligatures"
14421 \begin_layout Standard
14422 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14423 print them as single characters.
14424 These groups are known as
14429 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14431 Here are the standard ligatures:
14434 \begin_layout Itemize
14438 \begin_layout Itemize
14442 \begin_layout Itemize
14446 \begin_layout Itemize
14450 \begin_layout Itemize
14454 \begin_layout Standard
14455 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14458 \begin_layout Standard
14459 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14460 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14468 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14484 To break a ligature, use
14486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14487 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14489 \begin_inset space ~
14496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14507 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14524 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14532 \begin_layout Subsection
14537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14538 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14546 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14554 You have surely noticed, that the word
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14562 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14563 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14564 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 \begin_inset Note Note
14587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14588 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14597 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14602 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14606 \begin_layout Description
14607 LyX The name of the game, write
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14629 \begin_layout Description
14630 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14652 \begin_layout Description
14653 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14675 \begin_layout Description
14676 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14698 \begin_layout Standard
14699 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14704 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14712 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14713 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14714 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14717 : The actual version is
14718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14725 , the previous one was
14726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14736 \begin_layout Standard
14737 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14738 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14740 This will look in LyX like:
14741 \begin_inset Graphics
14742 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14747 \begin_inset Newline newline
14750 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14751 \begin_inset space ~
14755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14757 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14764 \begin_layout Subsection
14769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14778 \begin_layout Standard
14779 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14780 space between two words.
14781 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14791 for units use the menu
14793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14794 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14796 \begin_inset space ~
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14809 Here's an example to show the differences:
14812 \begin_layout Standard
14813 \begin_inset Tabular
14814 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14816 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14817 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14824 \begin_inset space ~
14828 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14840 space between number and unit
14847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14856 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14868 half space between number and unit
14881 \begin_layout Subsection
14886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14887 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14902 \begin_layout Standard
14903 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14905 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14906 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14907 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14908 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14909 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14910 These bits of text became known as
14921 \begin_layout Standard
14922 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14923 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14924 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14925 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14926 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14927 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14928 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14931 \begin_layout Standard
14932 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14933 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14934 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14935 \begin_inset space ~
14939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14941 key "latexcompanion"
14946 \begin_inset space ~
14950 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14956 ] may have more information.
14957 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14960 \begin_layout Chapter
14961 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14964 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14971 \begin_layout Standard
14972 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14977 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14980 \begin_layout Section
14985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15001 \begin_layout Standard
15002 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15005 \begin_layout Description
15007 \begin_inset space ~
15010 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15011 \begin_inset Newline newline
15015 \begin_inset Note Note
15018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15019 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15027 \begin_layout Description
15028 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15029 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15031 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15032 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15033 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15036 \begin_inset Newline newline
15040 \begin_inset Note Comment
15043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15044 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15052 \begin_layout Description
15054 \begin_inset space ~
15057 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15058 \begin_inset Newline newline
15062 \begin_inset Newline newline
15066 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15075 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15076 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15077 How this can be done is explained in the
15086 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15092 \begin_inset Newline newline
15096 \begin_inset Newline newline
15099 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15100 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15103 \begin_layout Standard
15104 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15105 \begin_inset Graphics
15106 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15108 scaleBeforeRotation
15114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15118 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15121 \begin_layout Section
15126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15135 name "sec:Footnotes"
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15143 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15149 or the toolbar button
15150 \begin_inset Graphics
15151 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15164 \begin_inset Graphics
15165 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15174 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15203 label, the box will
15207 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15208 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15221 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15237 \begin_layout Standard
15238 Here's an example footnote:
15246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15247 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15255 \begin_layout Standard
15256 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15257 position where the footnote box is placed.
15258 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15259 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15260 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15261 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15262 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15267 ey are described in the
15274 \begin_layout Section
15279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15288 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15295 \begin_layout Standard
15296 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15297 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15301 \begin_inset space ~
15306 or the toolbar button
15307 \begin_inset Graphics
15308 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15335 appearing within your text.
15336 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15345 \begin_layout Standard
15346 At the side is an example marginal note.
15350 \begin_inset Marginal
15353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15354 This is a marginal note.
15362 \begin_layout Standard
15363 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15364 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15365 pages, right on odd pages.
15368 \begin_layout Section
15369 Graphics and Images
15373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15392 name "sec:Graphics"
15399 \begin_layout Standard
15400 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15401 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15402 \begin_inset Graphics
15403 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15413 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15416 \begin_layout Standard
15417 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15422 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15423 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15425 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15426 \begin_inset space ~
15430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15432 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15439 \begin_layout Standard
15444 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15445 of the image in the output.
15446 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15450 \begin_inset space ~
15454 \begin_inset space ~
15463 \begin_inset space ~
15467 \begin_inset space ~
15471 \begin_inset space ~
15476 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15477 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15485 \begin_layout Standard
15488 LaTeX and LyX options
15490 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15491 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15495 \begin_inset space ~
15500 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15501 with the image size is printed.
15505 \begin_inset space ~
15509 \begin_inset space ~
15513 \begin_inset space ~
15518 is explained in the
15529 \begin_layout Standard
15530 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15531 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15533 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15537 \begin_layout Standard
15539 \begin_inset Graphics
15540 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15542 rotateOrigin center
15549 \begin_layout Standard
15550 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15551 the image into a float, see section
15552 \begin_inset space ~
15556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15558 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15565 \begin_layout Subsection
15570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15579 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15586 \begin_layout Standard
15587 You can insert images in any known file format.
15588 But as we explained in section
15589 \begin_inset space ~
15593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15595 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15599 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15600 LyX uses therefore the program
15604 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15605 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15606 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15607 \begin_inset space ~
15611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15613 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15620 \begin_layout Standard
15621 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15624 \begin_layout Description
15626 \begin_inset space ~
15629 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15630 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15631 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15635 Graphics Interchange Format
15636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15639 (GIF, file extension
15640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15687 Portable Network Graphics
15688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15691 (PNG, file extension
15692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15739 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15743 (JPG, file extension
15744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15802 \begin_layout Description
15804 \begin_inset space ~
15807 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15809 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15810 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15811 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15812 \begin_inset Newline newline
15815 Scalable image formats can be
15816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15819 Scalable Vector Graphics
15820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15823 (SVG, file extension
15824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15871 Encapsulated PostScript
15872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15875 (EPS, file extension
15876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15923 Portable Document Format
15924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15927 (PDF, file extension
15928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15950 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15951 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15952 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15958 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15966 \begin_layout Standard
15967 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15971 \begin_layout Subsection
15972 Grouping of Image Settings
15976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15977 Images ! Settings grouping
15985 \begin_layout Standard
15986 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15988 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15989 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15991 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15992 need to manually change each of them.
15996 \begin_layout Standard
15997 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16000 \begin_inset space ~
16004 \begin_inset space ~
16009 field in the Graphics dialog.
16010 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16011 by checking the name of the desired group.
16014 \begin_layout Section
16019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16035 \begin_layout Standard
16036 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16037 \begin_inset Graphics
16038 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16045 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16049 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16050 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16051 from the rest of the table.
16052 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16053 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16055 Here's an example table:
16058 \begin_layout Standard
16060 \begin_inset Tabular
16061 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16063 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16064 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16065 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16066 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16266 \begin_layout Subsection
16270 \begin_layout Standard
16271 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16272 brings up the table dialog.
16273 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16274 where the cursor is placed currently.
16275 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16276 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16277 done on all of your selection.
16280 \begin_layout Standard
16281 Additionally to the table dialog the
16284 \begin_inset space ~
16289 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16291 It is for example currently only possible to add
16292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16299 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16302 \begin_layout Standard
16306 \begin_inset space ~
16311 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16312 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16313 current cell respectively.
16314 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16316 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16317 of text, see section
16318 \begin_inset space ~
16322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16324 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16331 \begin_layout Standard
16332 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16338 This will merge the cells to
16342 cell, spread over more than one column.
16343 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16344 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16345 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16346 in the last row without the upper border:
16349 \begin_layout Standard
16351 \begin_inset Tabular
16352 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16353 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16354 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16355 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16356 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16357 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16368 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16377 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16453 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16488 \begin_layout Standard
16489 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16490 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16491 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16492 explained in the tables section of the
16495 \begin_inset space ~
16501 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16502 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16505 degrees counterclockwise.
16506 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16509 \begin_layout Standard
16510 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16518 Most DVI-viewers are
16522 able to display rotations.
16530 \begin_layout Standard
16535 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16540 adds lines for all cell borders.
16543 \begin_layout Subsection
16548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16549 Tables ! Longtables
16558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16567 \begin_layout Standard
16568 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16571 \begin_inset space ~
16575 \begin_inset space ~
16584 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16585 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16588 \begin_layout Description
16593 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16594 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16595 except for the first page, if
16598 \begin_inset space ~
16606 \begin_layout Description
16610 \begin_inset space ~
16615 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16616 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16619 \begin_layout Description
16624 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16625 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16626 except for the last page, if
16629 \begin_inset space ~
16637 \begin_layout Description
16641 \begin_inset space ~
16646 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16647 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16650 \begin_layout Description
16651 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16652 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16654 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16658 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16661 \begin_inset space ~
16669 \begin_layout Standard
16670 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16671 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16672 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16673 The others will then be defined as
16678 In this context, first means first in this order:
16681 \begin_inset space ~
16693 \begin_inset space ~
16699 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16702 \begin_layout Standard
16704 \begin_inset Tabular
16705 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16706 <features islongtable="true">
16707 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16708 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16709 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16710 <row endfirsthead="true">
16711 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16717 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16722 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16731 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 <row endfirsthead="true">
16742 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16753 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16762 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 <row endhead="true">
16775 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16786 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16795 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16805 <row endhead="true">
16806 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16817 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16826 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <row endfoot="true">
16839 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16850 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16859 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16890 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17849 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17860 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17891 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17922 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17953 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17984 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18015 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18046 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18232 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18263 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18449 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18480 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18511 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18542 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18573 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 <row endlastfoot="true">
18821 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18832 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18858 \begin_layout Subsection
18863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18872 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18879 \begin_layout Standard
18880 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18881 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18882 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18883 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18887 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18888 for the cell's paragraph.
18891 \begin_layout Standard
18892 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18893 for the column in the table dialog.
18894 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18895 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18899 \begin_layout Standard
18901 \begin_inset Tabular
18902 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18904 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18905 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18906 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18995 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 This is longer now.
19056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19107 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19108 This is longer now.
19113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19139 \begin_layout Standard
19140 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19141 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19142 Selection with the mouse or with
19146 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19147 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19148 the selection from outside the table.
19151 \begin_layout Section
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19163 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19172 \begin_layout Standard
19173 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19174 have a fixed location.
19176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19183 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19191 \begin_inset space ~
19196 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19197 too much notes at the page.
19200 \begin_layout Standard
19201 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19202 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19203 and pages without text.
19204 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19205 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19206 Floats are therefore numbered.
19207 Referencing is described in section
19208 \begin_inset space ~
19212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19214 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19221 \begin_layout Standard
19222 To insert a float, use the menu
19224 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19228 A box with a caption that has e.
19229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19233 \begin_inset space ~
19237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19241 \begin_inset space ~
19245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19248 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19249 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19251 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19261 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19262 paragraph within the float.
19263 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19264 by left-clicking on the box label.
19265 A closed float box looks like this:
19266 \begin_inset Graphics
19267 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19272 -- a gray button with a red label.
19275 \begin_layout Standard
19276 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19277 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19280 \begin_layout Subsection
19284 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 Floats ! Figure floats
19296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19298 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19305 \begin_layout Standard
19308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19309 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19312 inserts a float with the label
19313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19319 \begin_inset space ~
19325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19329 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19330 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19331 This is what we did for Figure
19332 \begin_inset space ~
19336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19338 reference "cap:Platypus"
19343 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19344 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19345 This was done in Figure
19346 \begin_inset space ~
19350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19352 reference "cap:Escher"
19359 \begin_layout Standard
19360 \begin_inset Float figure
19365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19367 \begin_inset Graphics
19368 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19370 rotateOrigin center
19377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19378 \begin_inset Caption
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19383 name "cap:Platypus"
19387 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19400 \begin_layout Standard
19401 \begin_inset Float figure
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19407 \begin_inset Caption
19409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19427 \begin_inset Graphics
19428 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19430 rotateOrigin center
19442 \begin_layout Standard
19443 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19445 As described in section
19446 \begin_inset space ~
19450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19452 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19456 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19461 and refer to it using the menu
19463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19467 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19476 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19488 \begin_layout Standard
19489 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19490 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19491 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19492 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19494 \begin_inset space ~
19498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19500 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19504 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19505 You can also set the images one below the other.
19507 \begin_inset space ~
19511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19513 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19520 reference "fig:Platypus"
19524 are the subfigures.
19527 \begin_layout Standard
19528 \begin_inset Float figure
19533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19538 \begin_inset Float figure
19543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19544 \begin_inset Caption
19546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19549 name "fig:Undefinable"
19561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19562 \begin_inset Graphics
19563 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19574 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19578 \begin_inset Float figure
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19584 \begin_inset Caption
19586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19589 name "fig:Platypus"
19601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19602 \begin_inset Graphics
19603 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19615 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19622 \begin_inset Caption
19624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19627 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19631 Two distorted images.
19644 \begin_layout Standard
19645 Note that the caption is added to the
19648 \begin_inset space ~
19652 \begin_inset space ~
19657 as described in section
19658 \begin_inset space ~
19662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19664 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19677 Floats ! Table floats
19683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19685 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19692 \begin_layout Standard
19693 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19695 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19696 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19700 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19703 \begin_inset space ~
19707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19709 reference "cap:Table-float"
19713 is an example of a table float.
19716 \begin_layout Standard
19717 \begin_inset Float table
19722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19723 \begin_inset Caption
19725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19728 name "cap:Table-float"
19740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19742 \begin_inset Tabular
19743 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19745 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19746 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19747 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19874 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19895 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19897 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19939 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19945 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19953 \begin_layout Standard
19954 This float type is inserted with the menu
19956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19957 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19961 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19962 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19966 , described in section
19967 \begin_inset space ~
19971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19973 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19980 \begin_layout Standard
19981 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19989 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19995 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19998 \begin_layout Standard
20003 floatname{algorithm}{your
20004 \begin_inset space ~
20010 \begin_layout Standard
20011 to the document preamble (menu
20013 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20020 \begin_inset space ~
20026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20040 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20054 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20061 \begin_layout Standard
20062 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20070 \begin_inset Graphics
20071 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20073 rotateOrigin center
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20081 \begin_inset Caption
20083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20086 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20090 This is a wrapped figure.
20091 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20104 This float type is used if you want to
20105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20112 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20114 It can be inserted using the menu
20116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20117 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20119 \begin_inset space ~
20124 if the LaTeX-package
20132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20133 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20143 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20146 \begin_inset space ~
20156 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20159 \begin_inset space ~
20163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20165 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20169 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20178 Available units are explained in Appendix
20179 \begin_inset space ~
20183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20185 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20194 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20198 \begin_layout Standard
20199 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20207 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20208 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20209 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20210 over some other text.
20218 \begin_layout Itemize
20219 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20220 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20221 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20222 breaks will appear.
20225 \begin_layout Itemize
20226 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20227 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20230 \begin_layout Itemize
20231 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20232 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20235 \begin_layout Itemize
20236 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20239 \begin_layout Subsection
20241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20243 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20260 \begin_layout Standard
20261 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20262 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20266 \begin_inset space ~
20274 \begin_layout Standard
20275 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20276 have a multi-column document).
20277 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20280 \begin_inset space ~
20286 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20287 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20294 \begin_layout Standard
20295 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20296 format is also the same: Table
20297 \begin_inset space ~
20301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20303 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20307 is an example of a rotated table float.
20310 \begin_layout Standard
20311 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20327 \begin_layout Standard
20328 \begin_inset Float table
20333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20334 \begin_inset Caption
20336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20339 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20353 \begin_inset Tabular
20354 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20356 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20357 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20358 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20359 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20360 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20420 \begin_layout Subsection
20422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20424 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20441 \begin_layout Standard
20442 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20443 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20444 \begin_inset Newline newline
20450 \begin_inset space ~
20455 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20456 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20458 \begin_inset Newline newline
20464 \begin_inset space ~
20469 is used to rotate floats, see section
20470 \begin_inset space ~
20474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20476 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20483 \begin_layout Standard
20484 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20485 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20488 \begin_inset space ~
20492 \begin_inset space ~
20500 \begin_layout Description
20502 \begin_inset space ~
20506 \begin_inset space ~
20509 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20512 \begin_layout Description
20514 \begin_inset space ~
20518 \begin_inset space ~
20521 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20524 \begin_layout Description
20526 \begin_inset space ~
20530 \begin_inset space ~
20533 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20536 \begin_layout Description
20538 \begin_inset space ~
20542 \begin_inset space ~
20545 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20548 \begin_layout Standard
20549 The order of the above option is
20554 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20558 \begin_inset space ~
20562 \begin_inset space ~
20570 \begin_inset space ~
20574 \begin_inset space ~
20579 , and then the others.
20580 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20582 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20583 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20586 \begin_layout Standard
20587 By default, each options has its own rules:
20590 \begin_layout Standard
20594 \begin_inset space ~
20598 \begin_inset space ~
20603 only floats occupying less than 70
20604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20607 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20610 \begin_layout Standard
20614 \begin_inset space ~
20618 \begin_inset space ~
20623 : only floats occupying less than 30
20624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20627 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20630 \begin_layout Standard
20634 \begin_inset space ~
20638 \begin_inset space ~
20643 : only if more than 50
20644 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20647 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20651 \begin_layout Standard
20652 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20656 \begin_inset space ~
20660 \begin_inset space ~
20668 \begin_layout Standard
20669 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20670 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20671 For this case you can use the option
20674 \begin_inset space ~
20680 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20682 Because the float is then no longer able to
20683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20690 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20694 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20695 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20698 \begin_layout Standard
20699 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20701 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20703 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20710 \begin_layout Section
20715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20724 name "sec:Minipages"
20731 \begin_layout Standard
20732 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20734 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20735 \begin_inset space ~
20742 \begin_layout Standard
20743 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20745 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20749 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20750 and its alignment within the page.
20753 \begin_layout Standard
20755 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20764 height_special "totalheight"
20767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20770 This is a minipage.
20771 The text is set in an italic style.
20774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20777 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20778 another formatting.
20786 \begin_layout Standard
20787 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20790 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20794 as described in section
20795 \begin_inset space ~
20799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20801 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20806 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20812 \begin_layout Standard
20813 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20822 height_special "totalheight"
20825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20826 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20827 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20833 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20837 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20846 height_special "totalheight"
20849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20850 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20851 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20859 \begin_layout Standard
20860 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20866 \begin_layout Standard
20867 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20868 to other box types.
20869 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20880 \begin_layout Chapter
20881 Mathematical Formulas
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20926 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20933 \begin_layout Standard
20934 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20939 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20942 \begin_layout Section
20947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20956 \begin_layout Standard
20957 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20958 \begin_inset Graphics
20959 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20964 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20966 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20967 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20968 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20976 \begin_layout Standard
20977 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20981 \begin_inset space ~
20986 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20989 \begin_layout Standard
20990 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20991 line, like this one:
20994 \begin_layout Standard
20995 This is a line with an inline formula
20996 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21002 \begin_layout Standard
21003 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21005 \begin_inset Formula \[
21010 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21013 \begin_layout Standard
21014 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21030 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21031 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21035 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21038 \begin_inset space ~
21046 \begin_layout Subsection
21047 Navigating in Formulas
21051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21060 \begin_layout Standard
21061 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21062 achieved with the arrow keys.
21063 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21064 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21069 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21070 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21074 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21078 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21080 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21088 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21093 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21094 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21097 \begin_layout Standard
21102 , printed in this document as
21103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21124 \begin_inset Note Note
21127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21128 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21129 space character (visible space).
21134 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21135 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21136 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21141 For example, if you want
21142 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21196 , since in the latter case only the
21199 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21204 will be under the square root sign:
21205 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21211 \begin_layout Standard
21212 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21214 \begin_inset Formula \[
21215 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21218 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21222 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21223 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21226 \begin_layout Subsection
21230 \begin_layout Standard
21231 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21232 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21236 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21237 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21238 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21239 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21240 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21243 \begin_layout Subsection
21244 Exponents and Subscripts
21248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21267 \begin_layout Standard
21268 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21269 way is to use a command.
21271 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21274 , type in a formula
21280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21296 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21302 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21306 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21327 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21336 , you have to use an extra
21340 to separate the hat and the character.
21343 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21364 Subscripts are similar: To get
21365 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21388 \begin_layout Subsection
21393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21402 \begin_layout Standard
21403 Create a fraction with either the command
21410 \begin_inset Graphics
21411 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21419 \begin_inset space ~
21425 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21426 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21427 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21432 To move back up, press
21437 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21438 \begin_inset Formula \[
21439 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21441 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21448 \begin_layout Subsection
21453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21462 \begin_layout Standard
21463 Roots can be created using the
21466 \begin_inset space ~
21472 \begin_inset Graphics
21473 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21496 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21502 produces always a square root.
21505 \begin_layout Subsection
21506 Operators with Limits
21510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21529 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21536 \begin_layout Standard
21538 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21542 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21545 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21546 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21547 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21548 The sum operator will automatically place its
21549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21556 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21559 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21563 \begin_inset Formula \[
21564 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21568 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21572 \begin_layout Standard
21573 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21575 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21576 behind the operator and hitting
21582 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21583 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21585 \begin_inset space ~
21589 \begin_inset space ~
21597 \begin_layout Standard
21598 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21606 feature as addition, such as
21610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21617 \begin_inset Formula \[
21618 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21622 which will place the
21623 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21635 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21636 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21642 \begin_layout Standard
21643 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21650 Have a look at section
21651 \begin_inset space ~
21655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21657 reference "sub:Functions"
21661 for an explanation of function macros.
21664 \begin_layout Subsection
21669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21678 \begin_layout Standard
21679 Most math symbols can be found in the
21682 \begin_inset space ~
21687 under one of several categories; including
21704 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21708 \begin_layout Standard
21709 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21710 you don't have to use the
21713 \begin_inset space ~
21718 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21719 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21722 \begin_layout Subsection
21727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21736 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21743 \begin_layout Standard
21744 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21753 \begin_inset space ~
21759 \begin_inset Graphics
21760 filename ../images/math/space.png
21765 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21766 Here a example for the sequence
21771 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21775 \begin_inset Graphics
21776 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21781 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21782 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21783 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21784 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21789 \begin_layout Standard
21799 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21805 \begin_layout Standard
21815 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21821 \begin_layout Subsection
21826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21835 name "sub:Functions"
21842 \begin_layout Standard
21846 \begin_inset space ~
21851 contains under the button
21852 \begin_inset Graphics
21853 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21857 a number of functions, such as
21858 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21862 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21870 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21877 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21878 avoid confusions, because
21879 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21883 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21889 \begin_layout Standard
21890 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21892 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21896 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21902 \begin_layout Standard
21903 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21904 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21905 \begin_inset space ~
21909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21911 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21918 \begin_layout Subsection
21923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21932 \begin_layout Standard
21933 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21935 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21936 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21938 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21941 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21942 Our example is entered by typing
21950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21963 \begin_inset space ~
21967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21969 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21973 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21976 \begin_layout Standard
21977 \begin_inset Float table
21982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21983 \begin_inset Caption
21985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21988 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21992 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22002 \begin_inset Tabular
22003 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22091 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22145 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22199 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22253 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22307 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22361 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22415 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22469 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22523 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22568 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22589 \begin_layout Standard
22590 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22593 \begin_inset space ~
22599 \begin_inset Graphics
22600 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22604 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22608 \begin_layout Section
22609 Brackets and Delimiters
22613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22630 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22632 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22639 \begin_layout Standard
22640 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22641 For most purposes, using just the keys
22646 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22647 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22650 \begin_inset space ~
22656 \begin_inset Graphics
22657 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22662 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22664 \begin_inset Formula \[
22665 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22667 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22671 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22672 \begin_inset Formula \[
22673 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22680 \begin_layout Standard
22681 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22682 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22685 \begin_layout Standard
22686 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22687 left side and right side.
22688 If you use the option
22691 \begin_inset space ~
22696 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22697 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22698 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22699 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22702 \begin_layout Standard
22703 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22704 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22705 inside the brackets.
22706 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22711 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22714 \begin_layout Standard
22715 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22726 \begin_layout Section
22731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22740 name "sec:Grouping"
22747 \begin_layout Standard
22748 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22749 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22760 \begin_layout Standard
22761 \begin_inset Formula \[
22762 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22769 \begin_layout Standard
22770 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22785 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22786 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22787 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22790 \begin_layout Section
22791 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22816 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22824 \begin_layout Standard
22825 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22828 \begin_inset space ~
22834 \begin_inset Graphics
22835 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22840 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22841 Here is an example:
22842 \begin_inset Formula \[
22843 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22846 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22850 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22851 \begin_inset space ~
22855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22857 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22862 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22863 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22864 This alignment is set in the box
22869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22917 for every column as default.
22918 For example, the sequence
22919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22930 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22931 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22932 corresponds to the relevant column.
22933 The result will look like this:
22934 \begin_inset Formula \[
22936 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22937 column & has & has\, right\\
22938 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22945 \begin_layout Standard
22946 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22950 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22951 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22953 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22959 \begin_layout Standard
22960 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22961 It can be created with the menu
22963 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22964 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22966 \begin_inset space ~
22979 \begin_inset Formula \[
22983 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22990 \begin_layout Standard
22991 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22994 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23002 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23011 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23019 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23020 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23021 A new row is created by every further hit of
23029 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23030 Here is an example:
23031 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23032 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23033 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23037 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23038 where you want to start the shift and hit
23043 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23044 position to the next column.
23045 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23046 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23047 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23048 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23055 \begin_layout Standard
23056 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23063 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23064 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23067 reference "eq:asquared"
23072 The other types are described in section
23073 \begin_inset space ~
23077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23079 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23086 \begin_layout Section
23087 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23092 Math ! Formula numbering
23101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23102 Math ! Referencing formulas
23108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23110 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23117 \begin_layout Standard
23118 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23120 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23121 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23123 \begin_inset space ~
23131 \begin_inset space ~
23137 The formula number appears in LyX as
23138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23145 within parentheses.
23147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23154 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23156 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23157 the document class.
23158 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23159 separated by a dot:
23160 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23161 1+1=2\end{equation}
23168 \begin_inset space ~
23173 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23174 You can only number displayed formulas.
23177 \begin_layout Standard
23178 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23180 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23181 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23183 \begin_inset space ~
23187 \begin_inset space ~
23191 \begin_inset space ~
23199 \begin_inset space ~
23204 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23205 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23207 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23208 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23212 To number all lines use the shortcut
23215 \begin_inset space ~
23223 \begin_layout Standard
23224 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23227 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23228 A label is inserted with the menu
23230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23233 when the cursor is in the formula.
23234 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23235 It is recommended to use the proposed
23236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23247 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23248 type when you have many labels in your document.
23249 We inserted in the following example the label
23250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23257 in the second line:
23258 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23259 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23260 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23264 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23265 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23275 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23279 \begin_inset space ~
23285 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23286 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23287 as the formula number:
23290 \begin_layout Standard
23291 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23294 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23301 \begin_layout Standard
23302 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23303 \begin_inset space ~
23307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23309 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23314 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23317 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23320 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23325 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23333 \begin_layout Section
23334 User defined math macros
23338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23347 name "sec:math-macros"
23354 \begin_layout Standard
23355 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23356 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23357 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23359 \begin_inset Newline newline
23362 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23363 \begin_inset Formula \[
23364 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23368 The general form of its solution is:
23369 \begin_inset Formula \[
23370 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23377 \begin_layout Standard
23378 The macro should print the parameters
23379 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23383 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23387 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23390 like in the equation above.
23393 \begin_layout Standard
23394 A macro is created by executing the command
23397 \begin_layout Standard
23404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23427 \begin_inset space ~
23431 \begin_inset space ~
23437 \begin_layout Standard
23438 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23439 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23440 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23441 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23445 \begin_layout Standard
23446 We have three arguments and name the macro
23447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23454 , so that the command is:
23457 \begin_layout Standard
23464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23489 \begin_layout Standard
23490 This results in the following macro definition box:
23491 \begin_inset Graphics
23492 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23497 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23498 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23499 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23503 \begin_inset Note Note
23506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23507 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23508 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23516 \begin_layout Standard
23517 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23518 the math panel or commands.
23519 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23520 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23531 for the first argument.
23532 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23533 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23534 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23535 in LyX with its full size.
23536 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23537 In our example we insert the sequence
23538 \begin_inset Newline newline
23566 \begin_inset Newline newline
23571 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23574 \begin_layout Standard
23575 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23590 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23593 \begin_layout Standard
23595 \begin_inset Graphics
23596 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23603 \begin_layout Standard
23604 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23605 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23606 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23607 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23608 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23611 \begin_layout Standard
23612 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23613 to the new definition.
23614 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23615 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23619 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23623 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23627 \begin_inset Formula \[
23635 \begin_layout Standard
23636 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23640 \begin_layout Standard
23654 \begin_inset Newline newline
23661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23687 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23690 \begin_layout Standard
23691 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23692 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23693 definition box in your document.
23694 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23696 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23698 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23703 \begin_layout Section
23707 \begin_layout Subsection
23712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23721 \begin_layout Standard
23722 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23723 To set a font in a formula, use the
23726 \begin_inset space ~
23732 \begin_inset Graphics
23733 filename ../images/math/font.png
23737 , or enter its command, listed in table
23738 \begin_inset space ~
23742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23744 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23751 \begin_layout Standard
23752 \begin_inset Float table
23757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23758 \begin_inset Caption
23760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23763 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23767 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23777 \begin_inset Tabular
23778 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23780 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23781 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23813 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23840 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23867 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23900 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23927 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23954 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23988 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24015 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24049 \begin_layout Standard
24050 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24058 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24074 \begin_layout Standard
24075 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24076 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24081 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24082 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24083 Here an example where a
24084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24095 denotes the set of numbers:
24096 \begin_inset Formula \[
24097 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24104 \begin_layout Standard
24105 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24116 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24120 \begin_inset Newline newline
24123 So better don't use this feature.
24126 \begin_layout Standard
24127 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24128 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24132 \begin_inset Newline newline
24135 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24141 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24142 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24148 \begin_layout Standard
24155 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24158 \begin_layout Standard
24159 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24161 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24162 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24164 \begin_inset space ~
24172 \begin_layout Subsection
24177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24186 \begin_layout Standard
24187 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24189 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24193 \begin_inset space ~
24197 \begin_inset space ~
24205 \begin_inset space ~
24211 \begin_inset Graphics
24212 filename ../images/math/font.png
24216 (alternatively the shortcut
24219 \begin_inset space ~
24225 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24226 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24227 Here is an example:
24228 \begin_inset Formula \[
24230 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24231 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24238 \begin_layout Subsection
24243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24252 \begin_layout Standard
24253 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24254 automatically chosen in most situations.
24272 For most characters,
24280 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24281 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24286 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24287 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24288 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24289 \begin_inset Graphics
24290 filename ../images/math/style.png
24295 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24296 For example, you can set
24297 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24300 , which is normally in
24309 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24313 The four styles are used in the following example:
24316 \begin_layout Standard
24317 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24321 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24325 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24329 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24335 \begin_layout Standard
24336 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24337 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24339 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24341 \begin_inset space ~
24346 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24347 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24348 will be adjusted to correspond.
24349 As example a formula in the font size
24350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24360 \begin_layout Standard
24364 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24370 \begin_layout Section
24374 \begin_layout Standard
24375 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24376 the document classes and into layout modules.
24380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24386 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24387 other than the AMS classes.
24389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24391 reference "sub:Modules"
24395 for more on layout modules.
24398 \begin_layout Section
24403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24422 \begin_layout Standard
24423 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24424 (AMS) that are in common use.
24427 \begin_layout Subsection
24428 Enabling AMS-Support
24431 \begin_layout Standard
24432 Selecting the checkbox
24435 \begin_inset space ~
24439 \begin_inset space ~
24443 \begin_inset space ~
24450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24458 Document ! Settings
24466 \begin_inset space ~
24471 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24473 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24474 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24477 \begin_layout Subsection
24479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24481 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24490 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24498 \begin_layout Standard
24499 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24500 LyX allows you to choose between
24521 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24524 \begin_layout Chapter
24528 \begin_layout Section
24533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24542 name "sec:Cross-References"
24549 \begin_layout Standard
24550 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24551 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24553 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24554 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24555 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24558 \begin_layout Enumerate
24562 \begin_layout Enumerate
24563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24565 name "enu:Second-item"
24572 \begin_layout Enumerate
24576 \begin_layout Standard
24577 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24582 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24583 \begin_inset Graphics
24584 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24590 A grey label box like this:
24591 \begin_inset Graphics
24592 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24597 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24598 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24633 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24634 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24649 \begin_layout Standard
24650 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24652 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24655 or the toolbar button
24656 \begin_inset Graphics
24657 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24663 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24664 \begin_inset Graphics
24665 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24670 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24672 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24685 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24687 Here is our cross-reference:
24690 \begin_layout Standard
24692 \begin_inset space ~
24696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24698 reference "enu:Second-item"
24705 \begin_layout Standard
24706 It is recommended to use a protected space
24710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24711 described in section
24712 \begin_inset space ~
24716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24718 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24727 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24731 \begin_layout Standard
24732 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24735 \begin_layout Description
24736 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24739 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24746 \begin_layout Description
24747 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24748 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24760 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24767 \begin_layout Description
24768 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24769 \begin_inset space ~
24773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24774 LatexCommand pageref
24775 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24782 \begin_layout Description
24784 \begin_inset space ~
24788 \begin_inset space ~
24791 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24793 LatexCommand vpageref
24794 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24801 \begin_layout Description
24803 \begin_inset space ~
24807 \begin_inset space ~
24811 \begin_inset space ~
24814 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24818 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24825 \begin_layout Description
24827 \begin_inset space ~
24830 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24831 \begin_inset Newline newline
24835 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24843 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24852 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24865 \begin_layout Standard
24866 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24867 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24873 \begin_inset space ~
24877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24891 \begin_layout Standard
24892 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24893 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24894 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24898 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24902 \begin_layout Standard
24903 You can only use the style
24907 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24911 is always possible.
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24915 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24916 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24917 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24918 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24919 \begin_inset space ~
24923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24925 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24932 \begin_layout Standard
24936 \begin_inset space ~
24940 \begin_inset space ~
24945 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24946 The button text changes then to
24949 \begin_inset space ~
24954 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24955 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24956 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24960 \begin_layout Standard
24961 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24962 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24963 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24966 \begin_layout Standard
24967 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24968 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24971 \begin_layout Standard
24972 References are described in detail in the
24979 \begin_layout Section
24980 Table of Contents and other Listings
24984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25010 \begin_layout Subsection
25012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25014 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25021 \begin_layout Standard
25022 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25025 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25027 \begin_inset space ~
25031 \begin_inset space ~
25037 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25038 If you click on it, the
25042 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25043 sections in your documents.
25044 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25046 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25049 that is described in sec.
25050 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25056 reference "sec:Navigating"
25063 \begin_layout Standard
25064 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25065 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25067 \begin_inset space ~
25071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25073 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25077 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25079 \begin_inset space ~
25083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25085 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25089 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25091 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25094 \begin_layout Subsection
25095 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25098 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25105 \begin_layout Standard
25106 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25107 You can insert them via the
25109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25111 \begin_inset space ~
25115 \begin_inset space ~
25121 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25124 \begin_layout Section
25125 URLs and Hyperlinks
25129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25155 \begin_layout Subsection
25159 \begin_layout Standard
25160 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25162 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25168 \begin_layout Standard
25169 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25170 \begin_inset Flex URL
25173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25183 \begin_layout Standard
25184 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25190 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25194 \begin_layout Standard
25195 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25203 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25211 \begin_layout Subsection
25215 \begin_layout Standard
25216 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25221 or with the toolbar button
25222 \begin_inset Graphics
25223 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25224 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25229 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25238 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25239 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25240 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25242 name "LyX's homepage"
25243 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25247 , an Email address like this:
25248 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25250 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25251 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25256 , or a link to a file.
25259 \begin_layout Standard
25260 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25273 to the link target.
25276 \begin_layout Standard
25277 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25278 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25279 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25280 the text style dialog.
25281 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25285 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25287 name "LyX's homepage"
25288 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25295 \begin_layout Standard
25296 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25300 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25302 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25303 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25307 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25309 \begin_inset Newline newline
25317 \begin_inset Newline newline
25324 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25327 \begin_layout Section
25332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25339 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25341 name "sec:Appendices"
25348 \begin_layout Standard
25349 Appendices are created with the menu
25351 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25353 \begin_inset space ~
25357 \begin_inset space ~
25363 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25364 as appendix region.
25365 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25368 \begin_layout Standard
25369 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25370 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25371 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25372 and the subsection number.
25373 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25377 \begin_layout Standard
25379 \begin_inset space ~
25383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25385 reference "cha:Credits"
25390 \begin_inset space ~
25394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25396 reference "sub:Export"
25403 \begin_layout Section
25408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25417 name "sec:Bibliography"
25424 \begin_layout Standard
25425 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25426 You can include a bibliography database
25430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25431 Known under the name
25432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25444 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25446 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25450 , described in section
25451 \begin_inset space ~
25455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25457 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25464 \begin_layout Standard
25469 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25471 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25480 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25482 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25491 , a short form of its title, as key.
25494 \begin_layout Standard
25495 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25497 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25500 or the toolbar button
25501 \begin_inset Graphics
25502 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25503 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25508 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25509 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25510 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25511 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25516 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25517 with surrounding brackets.
25522 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25523 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25538 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25541 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25543 key "latexcompanion"
25550 \begin_layout Standard
25551 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25552 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25561 \begin_layout Subsection
25562 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25567 Bibliography ! Databases
25576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25577 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25585 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25592 \begin_layout Standard
25593 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25595 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25597 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25598 your working field in a database.
25599 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25600 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25603 \begin_layout Standard
25604 The database is a text file with the file extension
25605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25616 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25617 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25618 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25620 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25625 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25627 \begin_inset Newline newline
25631 \begin_inset Flex URL
25634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25636 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25642 \begin_inset Newline newline
25645 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25648 \begin_layout Standard
25649 To use a database, use the menu
25651 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25656 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25669 \begin_inset space ~
25675 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25676 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25679 \begin_layout Standard
25680 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25692 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25693 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25694 take care of the layout.
25697 \begin_layout Standard
25698 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25701 \begin_layout Standard
25702 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25708 \begin_layout Standard
25709 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25711 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25745 \begin_inset space ~
25751 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25759 \begin_layout Standard
25760 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25766 \begin_layout Standard
25767 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25768 the two methods of creating them.
25769 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25770 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25771 We used the style file
25775 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25778 \begin_layout Subsection
25779 Bibliography layout
25783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25784 Bibliography ! Layout
25792 \begin_layout Standard
25793 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25794 For this feature you need to use the option
25800 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25808 Document ! Settings
25818 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25819 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25820 in the previous section.
25823 \begin_layout Standard
25824 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25825 in the citation reference window.
25826 Here an example where we set the text
25827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25831 \begin_inset space ~
25835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25838 to appear after the reference:
25841 \begin_layout Standard
25843 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25846 key "latexcompanion"
25853 \begin_layout Section
25858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25874 \begin_layout Standard
25875 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25879 \begin_inset space ~
25884 or the toolbar button
25885 \begin_inset Graphics
25886 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25904 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25905 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25906 by LyX as index entry.
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25911 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25913 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25915 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25922 \begin_layout Standard
25923 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25926 \begin_layout Standard
25927 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25931 \begin_inset space ~
25935 \begin_inset space ~
25938 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25940 \begin_inset space ~
25946 A light blue box labeled
25947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25958 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25959 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25962 \begin_layout Subsection
25963 Grouping Index Entries
25967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25976 \begin_layout Standard
25977 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25979 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25980 lists under the entry
25981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25989 First we create the entry
25990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25998 \begin_inset space ~
26002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26004 reference "sub:Lists"
26009 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26010 \begin_inset space ~
26014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26016 reference "sec:Itemize"
26020 , we insert the command
26023 \begin_layout Standard
26029 \begin_layout Standard
26033 \begin_layout Standard
26039 \begin_layout Standard
26040 for the enumerated list in section
26041 \begin_inset space ~
26045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26047 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26055 The exclamation mark
26056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26063 marks the grouping levels.
26064 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26065 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26066 If we don't have an index entry for
26067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26074 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26077 \begin_layout Subsection
26082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26083 Index ! Page ranges
26091 \begin_layout Standard
26092 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26094 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26095 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26097 \begin_inset space ~
26101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26103 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26110 \begin_layout Standard
26113 Paragraph environments|(
26116 \begin_layout Standard
26117 and another entry at the end of section
26118 \begin_inset space ~
26122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26124 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26131 \begin_layout Standard
26134 Paragraph environments|)
26137 \begin_layout Standard
26139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26162 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26163 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26164 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26165 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26166 An example is the index entry
26167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26170 Document ! Settings
26171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26177 \begin_layout Subsection
26182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26183 Index ! Cross referencing
26191 \begin_layout Standard
26192 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26193 We referred for example in the index entry
26194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26202 \begin_inset space ~
26206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26208 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26212 ) to the index entry
26213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26220 in the same section using the entry
26223 \begin_layout Standard
26226 GIF|see{Image formats}
26229 \begin_layout Standard
26230 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26231 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26232 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26235 \begin_layout Subsection
26240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26241 Index ! Entry order
26249 \begin_layout Standard
26250 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26251 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26252 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26257 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26259 \begin_inset space ~
26263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26265 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26274 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26275 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26304 Dummy entries ! maïs
26313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26314 Dummy entries ! maître
26323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26324 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26329 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26330 order maïs, maison, maître.
26331 To achieve this, we use the command
26334 \begin_layout Standard
26337 previous entry@current entry
26340 \begin_layout Standard
26341 In our case we want to have
26342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26357 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26360 \begin_layout Standard
26366 \begin_layout Standard
26367 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26368 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26372 \begin_layout Subsection
26377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26378 Index ! Entry layout
26386 \begin_layout Standard
26387 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26394 This is an italic dummy entry
26399 You can also format the page number using the character
26400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26407 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26408 We can write for example
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26414 italic page number:|textit
26417 \begin_layout Standard
26418 to get the page number in italic.
26422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26423 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26428 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26446 \begin_inset space ~
26452 Have a look at section
26453 \begin_inset space ~
26457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26459 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26463 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26466 \begin_layout Standard
26467 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26475 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26479 to generate the index, see section
26480 \begin_inset space ~
26484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26486 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26495 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26496 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26498 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26501 key "latexcompanion"
26513 \begin_layout Standard
26514 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26516 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26517 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26518 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26519 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26520 If so, put the following in preamble
26523 \begin_layout Standard
26535 \begin_layout Standard
26539 \begin_layout Standard
26545 \begin_layout Standard
26546 into the index entry.
26550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26551 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26556 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26557 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26558 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26561 \begin_layout Standard
26562 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26568 \begin_inset space ~
26571 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26572 for all index entries.
26573 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26585 documentation for details,
26586 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26588 key "makeindex,xindy"
26595 \begin_layout Subsection
26600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26609 name "sub:Index-Program"
26616 \begin_layout Standard
26617 When the index entry program
26621 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26622 generation, otherwise the program
26626 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26627 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26628 dialog, see section
26629 \begin_inset space ~
26633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26635 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26640 The available options are listed and explained in
26641 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26643 key "makeindex,xindy"
26648 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26651 \begin_layout Standard
26656 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26657 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26659 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26661 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26662 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26670 \begin_layout Section
26671 Nomenclature / Glossary
26675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26716 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26723 \begin_layout Standard
26724 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26725 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26729 \begin_layout Standard
26730 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26739 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26745 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26746 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26752 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26755 \begin_layout Standard
26756 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26757 and then use the menu
26759 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26765 \begin_inset space ~
26770 or the toolbar button
26771 \begin_inset Graphics
26772 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26773 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26790 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26793 \begin_layout Standard
26794 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26795 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26796 The second is the description of the symbol.
26799 \begin_layout Standard
26800 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26808 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26816 \begin_layout Subsection
26817 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26822 Nomenclature ! Layout
26830 \begin_layout Standard
26831 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26835 field as LaTeX-formula.
26837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26841 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26849 \begin_inset Newline newline
26857 \begin_inset Newline newline
26863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26870 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26871 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26883 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26893 \begin_layout Standard
26894 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26895 \begin_inset space ~
26899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26901 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26908 \begin_layout Standard
26912 \begin_inset space ~
26917 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26918 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26923 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26930 in this document is:
26931 \begin_inset Newline newline
26936 dummy entry for the character
26941 \begin_inset Newline newline
26953 \begin_inset space ~
26963 font use the command
26992 \begin_layout Subsection
26993 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26998 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27006 \begin_layout Standard
27007 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27008 the symbol definition.
27009 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27010 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27013 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27014 LatexCommand nomenclature
27016 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27023 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27027 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27028 LatexCommand nomenclature
27031 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27036 They will be sorted by
27037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27063 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27066 will be sorted before the
27070 since the character
27071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27078 is considered in sorting.
27081 \begin_layout Standard
27082 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27085 \begin_inset space ~
27090 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27091 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27093 For the given example, you can insert
27097 to this field for the
27098 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27105 will be located before
27106 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27112 \begin_layout Standard
27113 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27118 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27127 \begin_layout Subsection
27128 Nomenclature Options
27132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27133 Nomenclature ! Options
27141 \begin_layout Standard
27146 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27147 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27150 \begin_layout Description
27151 refeq Appends the phrase
27152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27167 to every nomenclature entry, where
27173 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27176 \begin_layout Description
27177 refpage Appends the phrase
27178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27193 to every nomenclature entry, where
27199 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27202 \begin_layout Description
27203 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27206 \begin_layout Standard
27207 There are furthermore the options
27251 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27255 \begin_layout Standard
27256 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27257 class options list in the
27259 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27263 In this document the options
27274 \begin_layout Standard
27275 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27281 \begin_layout Standard
27282 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27283 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27288 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27291 \begin_layout Description
27301 \begin_layout Description
27304 nomrefpage Like the
27311 \begin_layout Description
27314 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27323 \begin_layout Description
27327 \begin_inset space ~
27333 \begin_inset space ~
27338 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27341 \begin_layout Subsection
27342 Printing the Nomenclature
27346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27347 Nomenclature ! Printing
27355 \begin_layout Standard
27356 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27360 \begin_inset space ~
27364 \begin_inset space ~
27367 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27371 A light blue box labeled
27372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27383 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27384 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27387 \begin_layout Standard
27388 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27397 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27405 For example, in order to change the name to
27409 , add the following line to the preamble:
27412 \begin_layout Standard
27420 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27424 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27430 \begin_layout Standard
27431 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27432 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27435 \begin_layout Standard
27443 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27446 \begin_layout Standard
27449 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27450 \begin_inset space ~
27454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27456 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27461 The default value is 1
27462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27468 \begin_layout Section
27473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27484 Document ! Branches
27490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27492 name "sec:Branches"
27499 \begin_layout Standard
27500 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27501 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27502 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27503 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27506 \begin_layout Standard
27507 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27508 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27509 To create a branch, go in the
27511 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27519 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27520 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27523 \begin_layout Standard
27524 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27525 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27527 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27530 where you can choose a branch.
27531 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27535 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27536 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27539 \begin_layout Standard
27540 \begin_inset Branch Question
27543 \begin_layout Standard
27544 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27552 \begin_layout Standard
27553 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27556 \begin_layout Standard
27557 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27565 \begin_layout Standard
27566 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27573 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27574 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27576 For example you can define for the question branch
27580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27581 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27582 \begin_inset space ~
27586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27588 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27610 \begin_layout Standard
27620 \begin_layout Standard
27621 and for the answer branch
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27634 \begin_layout Standard
27644 \begin_layout Standard
27645 \begin_inset Branch Question
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27680 \begin_layout Standard
27681 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27684 \begin_layout Standard
27688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27716 \begin_layout Standard
27717 Now it is possible to use the commands
27721 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27728 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27731 to obtain conditional output.
27732 Here is an example formula where only the
27739 \begin_inset Formula \[
27740 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27748 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27749 \begin_inset space ~
27753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27755 reference "sec:math-macros"
27762 \begin_layout Section
27763 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27766 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27773 \begin_layout Subsection
27778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27787 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27794 \begin_layout Standard
27795 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27796 constructs, but not all.
27797 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27798 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27799 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27800 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27801 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27806 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27808 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27810 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27812 \begin_inset space ~
27817 or by the toolbar button
27818 \begin_inset Graphics
27819 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27824 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27828 \begin_layout Standard
27829 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27830 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27831 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27838 , you can write the command part
27844 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27848 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27849 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27850 the following example:
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27854 \begin_inset Graphics
27855 filename clipart/ERT.png
27863 \begin_layout Standard
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27868 This is a line with a
27872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27895 \begin_layout Standard
27896 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27904 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27905 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27913 \begin_layout Subsection
27914 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27915 \begin_inset OptArg
27918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27937 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27945 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27946 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27947 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27956 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27957 every time if you know the right commands.
27959 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27960 the end of the day.
27961 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27962 all caption labels bold.
27963 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27965 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27968 \begin_layout Standard
27969 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27970 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27971 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27973 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27982 \begin_layout Standard
27983 As result you know that the package
27991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27992 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27998 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28006 \begin_layout Standard
28011 usepackage[options]{package name}
28014 \begin_layout Standard
28015 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28016 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28017 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28020 \begin_layout Standard
28021 In your case the package name is
28026 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28031 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28032 So you add the command
28035 \begin_layout Standard
28040 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28043 \begin_layout Standard
28044 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28049 For more commands provided by the
28053 package, have a look at its documentation,
28054 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28068 \begin_layout Standard
28069 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28071 For example if you use a
28075 class, you don't need the package
28079 , you can instead write
28082 \begin_layout Standard
28087 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28092 \begin_layout Standard
28093 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28094 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28095 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28102 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28106 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28107 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28109 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28110 the previous section.
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28114 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28116 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28118 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28126 \begin_layout Section
28127 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28140 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28157 \begin_layout Standard
28158 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28159 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28160 to break your train of thought with
28162 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28168 \begin_layout Standard
28169 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28170 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28179 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28184 as explained below, and turn on
28187 \begin_inset space ~
28194 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28200 \begin_inset space ~
28204 \begin_inset space ~
28207 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28213 \begin_layout Standard
28214 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28216 Previews of an already loaded document are
28220 generated just by selecting the
28223 \begin_inset space ~
28228 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28231 \begin_layout Standard
28232 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28233 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28236 \begin_inset space ~
28241 check box in the insert dialog.
28242 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28246 \begin_layout Standard
28247 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28251 (on some systems named simply
28256 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28258 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28264 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28265 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28273 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28278 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28284 \begin_layout Standard
28285 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28289 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28291 \begin_inset space ~
28296 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28297 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28299 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28300 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28301 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28302 the source view window.
28305 \begin_layout Section
28307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28309 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28326 \begin_layout Standard
28327 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28328 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28345 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28351 can be seen as successor of
28355 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28360 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28361 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28369 \begin_layout Standard
28370 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28371 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28378 \begin_layout Standard
28381 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28384 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28385 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28386 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28387 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28388 scrolled so that it is visible.
28393 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28395 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28399 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28400 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28403 \begin_layout Standard
28404 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28407 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28411 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28412 will bring an error message.
28413 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28414 specifying a different
28416 Alternative language
28418 in preferences dialog.
28421 \begin_layout Standard
28422 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28425 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28429 \begin_layout Standard
28430 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28431 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28433 But you can use the
28436 \begin_inset space ~
28440 \begin_inset space ~
28448 \begin_layout Standard
28449 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28450 This does work with
28454 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28457 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28461 \begin_layout Standard
28466 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28469 \begin_layout Description
28471 \begin_inset space ~
28474 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28475 should consider, e.g.
28476 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28477 This should not normally be needed.
28480 \begin_layout Description
28482 \begin_inset space ~
28485 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28486 as your personal dictionary
28489 \begin_layout Description
28491 \begin_inset space ~
28495 \begin_inset space ~
28498 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28510 \begin_layout Description
28512 \begin_inset space ~
28516 \begin_inset space ~
28519 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28521 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28528 also for the spellchecker.
28532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28533 The encodings are explained in section
28534 \begin_inset space ~
28538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28540 reference "sub:Settings"
28549 Only enable this if you use
28553 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28554 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28555 so this is disabled by default.
28558 \begin_layout Section
28563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28572 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28579 \begin_layout Standard
28580 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28583 \begin_layout Standard
28584 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28587 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28590 or the toolbar button
28591 \begin_inset Graphics
28592 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28593 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28594 rotateOrigin center
28599 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28603 \begin_layout Standard
28604 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28605 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28606 cases to find related words.
28609 \begin_layout Standard
28610 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28612 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28620 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28629 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28648 \begin_layout Section
28653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28664 Document ! Change Tracking
28670 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28672 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28679 \begin_layout Standard
28680 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28681 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28682 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28683 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28687 \begin_inset space ~
28690 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28692 \begin_inset space ~
28700 \begin_layout Standard
28701 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28710 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28713 \begin_inset space ~
28717 \begin_inset space ~
28730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28739 \begin_layout Standard
28740 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28753 \begin_layout Standard
28754 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28760 \begin_layout Standard
28761 \begin_inset Graphics
28762 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28769 \begin_layout Standard
28770 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28777 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28781 \begin_layout Standard
28782 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28788 \begin_layout Standard
28789 \begin_inset Tabular
28790 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28791 <features islongtable="true">
28792 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28793 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28794 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28799 \begin_inset Graphics
28800 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28801 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28802 rotateOrigin center
28811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28817 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28819 \begin_inset space ~
28822 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28824 \begin_inset space ~
28833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28838 \begin_inset Graphics
28839 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28841 rotateOrigin center
28850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28856 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28858 \begin_inset space ~
28861 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28863 \begin_inset space ~
28867 \begin_inset space ~
28871 \begin_inset space ~
28880 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28885 \begin_inset Graphics
28886 filename ../images/change-next.png
28887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28888 rotateOrigin center
28897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28901 Jumps to the next change
28907 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28912 \begin_inset Graphics
28913 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28914 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28915 rotateOrigin center
28924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28932 \begin_inset space ~
28935 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28937 \begin_inset space ~
28946 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28951 \begin_inset Graphics
28952 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28953 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28954 rotateOrigin center
28963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28969 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28971 \begin_inset space ~
28974 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28976 \begin_inset space ~
28985 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28990 \begin_inset Graphics
28991 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28992 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28993 rotateOrigin center
29002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29008 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29010 \begin_inset space ~
29013 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29015 \begin_inset space ~
29024 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29029 \begin_inset Graphics
29030 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29031 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29032 rotateOrigin center
29041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29047 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29049 \begin_inset space ~
29052 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29054 \begin_inset space ~
29058 \begin_inset space ~
29067 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29072 \begin_inset Graphics
29073 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29074 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29075 rotateOrigin center
29084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29090 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29092 \begin_inset space ~
29095 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29097 \begin_inset space ~
29101 \begin_inset space ~
29110 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29115 \begin_inset Graphics
29116 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29117 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29118 rotateOrigin center
29127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29133 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29134 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29136 \begin_inset space ~
29145 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29150 \begin_inset Graphics
29151 filename ../images/note-next.png
29152 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29153 rotateOrigin center
29162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29168 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29170 \begin_inset space ~
29186 \begin_layout Standard
29187 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29193 \begin_layout Standard
29194 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29195 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29196 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29197 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29198 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29199 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29200 step to the next change.
29201 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29204 \begin_layout Standard
29205 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29206 to describe a change.
29209 \begin_layout Standard
29210 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29219 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29225 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29226 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29232 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29235 \begin_layout Section
29236 International Support
29240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29241 International support
29249 \begin_layout Standard
29250 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29251 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29252 how to set up LyX to use them:
29253 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29255 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29262 \begin_layout Standard
29263 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29264 \begin_inset space ~
29268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29270 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29277 \begin_layout Subsection
29282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29293 Document ! Settings
29302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29303 Document ! Language
29311 \begin_layout Standard
29314 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29317 dialog lets you set
29319 the language and character encoding for your language.
29323 \begin_layout Standard
29324 Choose your language in the
29328 section of this dialog.
29336 \begin_layout Standard
29341 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29345 use language's default encoding
29347 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29348 For details about the different encoding options see section
29349 \begin_inset space ~
29353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29355 reference "sub:Settings"
29362 \begin_layout Subsection
29363 Keyboard mapping configuration
29364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29366 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29373 \begin_layout Standard
29374 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29375 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29376 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29377 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29378 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29380 \begin_inset space ~
29384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29386 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29391 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29392 which one you want to use.
29395 \begin_layout Standard
29396 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29397 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29398 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29399 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29400 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29401 one to support the characters you want.
29402 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29409 \begin_layout Subsection
29411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29420 \begin_layout Standard
29422 \begin_inset space ~
29426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29428 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29437 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29441 \begin_layout Standard
29442 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29443 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29451 \begin_layout Itemize
29452 Even if you have selected
29458 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29461 dialog, users who have only the
29465 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29469 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29470 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29471 french quotes won't show up.
29474 \begin_layout Standard
29475 \begin_inset Float table
29480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29481 \begin_inset Caption
29483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29484 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29486 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29504 \begin_inset Tabular
29505 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29507 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29513 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29514 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29515 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29516 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29517 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29518 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29519 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29520 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29521 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29522 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29523 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33936 \begin_layout Standard
33937 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33939 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33940 also the characters from
33952 \begin_layout Itemize
33961 \begin_layout Standard
33962 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33963 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33969 \begin_layout Standard
33970 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33971 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33977 \begin_layout Standard
33978 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33979 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33985 \begin_layout Standard
33986 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33987 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33993 \begin_layout Standard
33995 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34001 \begin_layout Standard
34003 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34009 \begin_layout Standard
34011 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34018 \begin_layout Itemize
34031 \begin_layout Standard
34033 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34039 \begin_layout Standard
34041 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34047 \begin_layout Standard
34049 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34055 \begin_layout Standard
34057 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34063 \begin_layout Standard
34065 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34071 \begin_layout Standard
34073 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34080 \begin_layout Standard
34081 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34082 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34083 Also make sure you're using the
34090 \begin_layout Chapter
34093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34095 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34102 \begin_layout Standard
34103 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34104 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34105 inside the user's guide.
34108 \begin_layout Section
34113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34122 \begin_layout Standard
34127 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34128 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34131 \begin_layout Subsection
34135 \begin_layout Standard
34136 Creates a new document.
34139 \begin_layout Subsection
34143 \begin_layout Standard
34144 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34145 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34146 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34149 \begin_layout Subsection
34153 \begin_layout Standard
34157 \begin_layout Subsection
34161 \begin_layout Standard
34162 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34163 Click there on a file to open it.
34166 \begin_layout Subsection
34170 \begin_layout Standard
34171 Closes the current document.
34174 \begin_layout Subsection
34178 \begin_layout Standard
34179 Saves the actual document.
34182 \begin_layout Subsection
34186 \begin_layout Standard
34187 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34190 \begin_layout Subsection
34194 \begin_layout Standard
34195 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34198 \begin_layout Subsection
34202 \begin_layout Standard
34203 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34204 It is described in the section
34206 Version Control in LyX
34211 \begin_inset space ~
34219 \begin_layout Subsection
34223 \begin_layout Standard
34224 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34225 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34226 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34229 \begin_layout Standard
34230 When using the menu
34233 \begin_inset space ~
34237 \begin_inset space ~
34242 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34243 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34244 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34245 will start a new paragraph.
34248 \begin_layout Subsection
34250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34259 \begin_layout Standard
34260 You can export your document to various file formats.
34261 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34262 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34263 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34266 \begin_layout Standard
34267 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34269 \begin_inset space ~
34273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34275 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34282 \begin_layout Description
34286 \begin_inset space ~
34291 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34292 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34295 \begin_layout Description
34303 \begin_layout Description
34304 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34308 \begin_layout Description
34310 \begin_inset space ~
34314 \begin_inset space ~
34317 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34321 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34329 \begin_layout Description
34336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34344 \begin_inset space ~
34349 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34350 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34354 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34357 \begin_layout Description
34364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34372 \begin_inset space ~
34377 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34378 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34386 \begin_layout Description
34388 \begin_inset space ~
34391 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34399 is replaced by the version number)
34402 \begin_layout Description
34403 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34416 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34420 \begin_layout Description
34425 PDF-format using the program
34430 \begin_layout Description
34434 \begin_inset space ~
34439 PDF-format using the program
34444 \begin_layout Description
34448 \begin_inset space ~
34453 PDF-format using the program
34458 \begin_layout Description
34462 \begin_inset space ~
34470 \begin_layout Description
34474 \begin_inset space ~
34478 \begin_inset space ~
34483 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34484 and then exported as text using the program
34489 \begin_layout Description
34494 PostScript format using the program
34499 \begin_layout Description
34507 \begin_layout Standard
34512 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34513 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34519 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34522 \begin_layout Standard
34523 If one of the menu entries
34530 \begin_inset space ~
34539 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34540 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34541 \begin_inset space ~
34545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34547 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34556 Reconfiguration of LyX
34564 \begin_layout Standard
34569 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34570 the export program.
34573 \begin_layout Subsection
34577 \begin_layout Standard
34578 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34579 or send it to a printer.
34580 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34581 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34587 For more informations have a look at section
34588 \begin_inset space ~
34592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34594 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34601 \begin_layout Subsection
34602 New and Close Window
34605 \begin_layout Standard
34606 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34607 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34610 \begin_layout Section
34615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34624 \begin_layout Subsection
34628 \begin_layout Standard
34629 Described in section
34630 \begin_inset space ~
34634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34636 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34643 \begin_layout Subsection
34644 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34647 \begin_layout Standard
34648 Described in section
34649 \begin_inset space ~
34653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34655 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34662 \begin_layout Subsection
34666 \begin_layout Standard
34667 Selects the whole document.
34670 \begin_layout Subsection
34674 \begin_layout Standard
34675 Described in section
34676 \begin_inset space ~
34680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34682 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34689 \begin_layout Subsection
34690 Move paragraph Up/Down
34693 \begin_layout Standard
34694 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34698 \begin_layout Subsection
34702 \begin_layout Standard
34703 Described in section
34704 \begin_inset space ~
34708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34710 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34717 \begin_layout Subsection
34722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34723 Paragraph ! Settings
34731 \begin_layout Standard
34732 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34734 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34737 \begin_layout Standard
34738 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34739 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34742 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34748 \begin_inset space ~
34756 \begin_layout Subsection
34760 \begin_layout Standard
34761 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34762 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34763 The properties of tables are described in section
34764 \begin_inset space ~
34768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34770 reference "sec:Tables"
34774 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34775 \begin_inset space ~
34779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34781 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34788 \begin_layout Subsection
34789 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34792 \begin_layout Standard
34793 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34795 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34796 \begin_inset space ~
34800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34802 reference "sec:Nesting"
34807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34809 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34816 \begin_layout Section
34821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34830 \begin_layout Standard
34835 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34836 document with an external program.
34837 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34838 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34839 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34840 \begin_inset space ~
34844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34846 reference "sub:Export"
34851 You should at least see the menu entries
34858 \begin_inset space ~
34864 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34865 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34866 \begin_inset space ~
34870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34872 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34881 Reconfiguration of LyX
34889 \begin_layout Standard
34890 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34891 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34892 \begin_inset space ~
34896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34898 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34903 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34906 \begin_layout Standard
34907 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34910 At the bottom of the
34914 menu the opened documents are listed.
34917 \begin_layout Subsection
34921 \begin_layout Standard
34922 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34924 \begin_inset space ~
34928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34930 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34937 \begin_layout Subsection
34941 \begin_layout Standard
34942 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34943 opening a new view window.
34946 \begin_layout Subsection
34948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34950 name "sub:Toolbars"
34958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34967 \begin_layout Standard
34968 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34969 All toolbars and the
34972 \begin_inset space ~
34977 can be turned on and off.
34982 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34994 \begin_inset space ~
35003 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35007 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35014 \begin_layout Standard
35019 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35023 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35024 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35025 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35026 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35027 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35030 \begin_layout Standard
35031 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35032 \begin_inset space ~
35036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35038 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35045 \begin_layout Section
35050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35059 \begin_layout Subsection
35063 \begin_layout Standard
35064 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35065 \begin_inset space ~
35069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35071 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35078 \begin_layout Subsection
35080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35082 name "sub:Special-Character"
35089 \begin_layout Standard
35090 Here you can insert the following characters:
35093 \begin_layout Description
35094 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35098 \begin_layout Description
35100 \begin_inset space ~
35104 \begin_inset space ~
35107 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35108 \begin_inset space ~
35112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35114 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35121 \begin_layout Description
35123 \begin_inset space ~
35126 Quote Inserts this quote:
35127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35130 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35132 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35142 \begin_layout Description
35144 \begin_inset space ~
35147 Quote Inserts this quote:
35148 \begin_inset Quotes els
35154 \begin_layout Description
35156 \begin_inset space ~
35159 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35163 \begin_layout Description
35165 \begin_inset space ~
35172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35183 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35188 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35189 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35190 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35199 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35205 \begin_inset Newline newline
35208 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35212 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35220 and this Wiki-page:
35221 \begin_inset Newline newline
35225 \begin_inset Flex URL
35228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35230 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35238 \begin_layout Subsection
35242 \begin_layout Standard
35243 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35246 \begin_layout Description
35247 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35248 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35254 \begin_layout Description
35255 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35256 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35262 \begin_layout Description
35264 \begin_inset space ~
35267 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35268 \begin_inset space ~
35272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35274 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35281 \begin_layout Description
35283 \begin_inset space ~
35286 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35287 \begin_inset space ~
35291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35293 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35300 \begin_layout Description
35302 \begin_inset space ~
35305 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35306 \begin_inset space ~
35310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35312 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35319 \begin_layout Description
35321 \begin_inset space ~
35324 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35325 \begin_inset space ~
35329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35331 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35338 \begin_layout Description
35340 \begin_inset space ~
35343 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35344 \begin_inset space ~
35348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35350 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35357 \begin_layout Description
35359 \begin_inset space ~
35362 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35363 \begin_inset space ~
35367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35369 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35376 \begin_layout Description
35378 \begin_inset space ~
35381 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35382 \begin_inset space ~
35386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35388 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35395 \begin_layout Description
35397 \begin_inset space ~
35400 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35401 \begin_inset space ~
35405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35407 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35414 \begin_layout Description
35416 \begin_inset space ~
35419 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35420 \begin_inset space ~
35424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35426 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35433 \begin_layout Description
35435 \begin_inset space ~
35438 Break Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35439 \begin_inset space ~
35443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35445 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35452 \begin_layout Description
35454 \begin_inset space ~
35457 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35458 \begin_inset space ~
35462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35464 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35471 \begin_layout Description
35473 \begin_inset space ~
35477 \begin_inset space ~
35480 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35481 \begin_inset space ~
35485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35487 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35494 \begin_layout Subsection
35498 \begin_layout Standard
35499 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35500 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35502 \begin_inset space ~
35506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35508 reference "sec:toc"
35513 The index list is described in section
35514 \begin_inset space ~
35518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35520 reference "sec:Index"
35524 , the nomenclature in section
35525 \begin_inset space ~
35529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35531 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35535 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35536 \begin_inset space ~
35540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35542 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35549 \begin_layout Subsection
35553 \begin_layout Standard
35554 To insert floats, described in section
35555 \begin_inset space ~
35559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35561 reference "sec:Floats"
35568 \begin_layout Subsection
35572 \begin_layout Standard
35573 To insert notes, described in section
35574 \begin_inset space ~
35578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35580 reference "sec:Notes"
35587 \begin_layout Subsection
35591 \begin_layout Standard
35592 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35593 \begin_inset space ~
35597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35599 reference "sec:Branches"
35606 \begin_layout Subsection
35611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35620 \begin_layout Standard
35621 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35622 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35633 \begin_layout Subsection
35638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35647 \begin_layout Standard
35648 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35649 \begin_inset space ~
35653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35655 reference "sec:Minipages"
35660 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35671 \begin_layout Subsection
35675 \begin_layout Standard
35676 Inserts a citation as described in section
35677 \begin_inset space ~
35681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35683 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35690 \begin_layout Subsection
35694 \begin_layout Standard
35695 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35696 \begin_inset space ~
35700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35702 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35709 \begin_layout Subsection
35713 \begin_layout Standard
35714 Inserts a label as described in section
35715 \begin_inset space ~
35719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35721 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35728 \begin_layout Subsection
35733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35744 Longtables ! Caption
35752 \begin_layout Standard
35753 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35754 Floats are described in section
35755 \begin_inset space ~
35759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35761 reference "sec:Floats"
35765 , cations in longtables are described in section
35776 \begin_layout Subsection
35780 \begin_layout Standard
35781 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35782 \begin_inset space ~
35786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35788 reference "sec:Index"
35795 \begin_layout Subsection
35799 \begin_layout Standard
35800 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35801 \begin_inset space ~
35805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35807 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35814 \begin_layout Subsection
35818 \begin_layout Standard
35820 Tables are described in section
35821 \begin_inset space ~
35825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35827 reference "sec:Tables"
35834 \begin_layout Subsection
35838 \begin_layout Standard
35840 Graphics are described in section
35841 \begin_inset space ~
35845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35847 reference "sec:Graphics"
35854 \begin_layout Subsection
35858 \begin_layout Standard
35859 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35860 \begin_inset space ~
35864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35866 reference "sec:URL"
35873 \begin_layout Subsection
35877 \begin_layout Standard
35878 Inserts a footnote, see section
35879 \begin_inset space ~
35883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35885 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35892 \begin_layout Subsection
35896 \begin_layout Standard
35897 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35898 \begin_inset space ~
35902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35904 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35911 \begin_layout Subsection
35915 \begin_layout Standard
35916 Inserts a short title, see section
35917 \begin_inset space ~
35921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35923 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35930 \begin_layout Subsection
35934 \begin_layout Standard
35935 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35936 \begin_inset space ~
35940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35942 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35949 \begin_layout Subsection
35954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35963 \begin_layout Standard
35964 Inserts a program listings box.
35965 Program listings are explained in chapter
35967 Program Code Listings
35976 \begin_layout Subsection
35980 \begin_layout Standard
35981 Inserts the actual date.
35982 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35984 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35994 There the different methods are also compared.
35997 \begin_layout Section
36002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36011 \begin_layout Standard
36012 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
36013 the current document.
36014 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36017 \begin_layout Standard
36018 The Navigate menu also offers to
36021 \begin_layout Subsection
36025 \begin_layout Standard
36026 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36027 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36030 \begin_inset space ~
36034 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36035 \begin_inset space ~
36038 2.5 and use the menu
36041 \begin_inset space ~
36045 \begin_inset space ~
36052 \begin_inset space ~
36058 \begin_inset space ~
36062 \begin_inset space ~
36068 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36080 \begin_layout Standard
36081 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36082 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36085 \begin_layout Subsection
36086 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36089 \begin_layout Standard
36090 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36094 \begin_layout Subsection
36098 \begin_layout Standard
36099 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36100 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36101 on a cross-reference box.
36104 \begin_layout Section
36109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36118 \begin_layout Subsection
36122 \begin_layout Standard
36123 Change Tracking is described in section
36124 \begin_inset space ~
36128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36130 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36137 \begin_layout Subsection
36142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36152 \begin_layout Standard
36153 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36155 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36158 \begin_layout Standard
36159 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36164 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36167 \begin_layout Subsection
36171 \begin_layout Standard
36172 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36173 \begin_inset space ~
36177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36179 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36186 \begin_layout Subsection
36187 Start Appendix Here
36190 \begin_layout Standard
36191 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36192 position as described in section
36193 \begin_inset space ~
36197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36199 reference "sec:Appendices"
36206 \begin_layout Subsection
36210 \begin_layout Standard
36211 Un/compresses the actual document.
36214 \begin_layout Subsection
36216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36218 name "sub:Settings"
36226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36227 Document ! Settings
36235 \begin_layout Standard
36236 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36238 You can save your document settings as default with the
36240 Save as Document Defaults
36242 button in the dialog.
36243 This will create a template named
36247 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36251 \begin_layout Standard
36252 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36255 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36259 \begin_layout Standard
36260 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36261 Document classes are described in section
36262 \begin_inset space ~
36266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36268 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36273 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36278 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36279 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36282 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36286 \begin_layout Standard
36287 The document font settings are described in section
36288 \begin_inset space ~
36292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36294 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36301 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36305 \begin_layout Standard
36306 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36308 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36312 \begin_layout Standard
36313 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36314 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36315 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36318 \begin_layout Standard
36319 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36327 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36331 \begin_layout Standard
36332 A description of this menu is given in section
36333 \begin_inset space ~
36337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36339 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36346 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36353 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36357 \begin_layout Standard
36358 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36359 \begin_inset space ~
36363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36365 reference "sub:Margins"
36372 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36378 Language ! Encoding
36386 \begin_layout Standard
36387 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36388 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36389 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36390 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36391 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36392 known for a particular character).
36396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36397 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36398 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36403 manual for details.
36411 \begin_layout Standard
36412 If you use the option
36414 use language's default encoding
36416 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36418 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36419 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36420 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36421 exactly one encoding.
36422 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36431 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36432 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36434 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36435 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36449 \begin_layout Standard
36450 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36451 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36452 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36453 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36454 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36455 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36458 use language's default encoding
36460 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36461 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36462 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36465 \begin_layout Standard
36466 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36469 \begin_layout Description
36471 \begin_inset space ~
36476 use language's default encoding
36478 , but the LaTeX-package
36486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36487 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36493 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36494 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36495 languages in TeX code.
36498 \begin_layout Description
36499 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36502 \begin_layout Description
36503 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36504 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36507 \begin_layout Description
36508 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36511 \begin_layout Description
36512 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36515 \begin_layout Description
36516 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36519 \begin_layout Description
36520 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36523 \begin_layout Description
36524 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36527 \begin_layout Description
36528 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36529 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36532 \begin_layout Description
36533 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36534 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36537 \begin_layout Description
36538 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36541 \begin_layout Description
36542 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36545 \begin_layout Description
36546 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36549 \begin_layout Description
36550 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36553 \begin_layout Description
36554 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36555 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36556 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36560 \begin_layout Description
36561 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36562 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36565 \begin_layout Description
36566 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36570 \begin_layout Description
36571 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36574 \begin_layout Description
36575 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36576 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36579 \begin_layout Description
36580 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36581 the euro currency sign, the
36585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36594 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36595 be the replacement for latin1
36598 \begin_layout Description
36599 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36602 \begin_layout Description
36603 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36612 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36618 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36622 \begin_layout Description
36623 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36632 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36637 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36640 \begin_layout Description
36641 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36650 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36655 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36658 \begin_layout Description
36659 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36663 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36672 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36673 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36687 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36691 \begin_layout Standard
36692 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36694 \begin_inset space ~
36698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36700 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36707 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36711 \begin_layout Standard
36712 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36721 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36735 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36741 For a further description see section
36742 \begin_inset space ~
36746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36748 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36755 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36759 \begin_layout Standard
36760 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36769 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36783 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36788 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36791 \begin_layout Standard
36796 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36797 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36800 \begin_layout Standard
36805 is used for special integral characters.
36808 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36812 \begin_layout Standard
36813 The float placement options are described in section
36814 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36820 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36827 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36831 \begin_layout Standard
36832 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36833 The itemize environment is described in section
36834 \begin_inset space ~
36838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36840 reference "sec:Itemize"
36847 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36851 \begin_layout Standard
36852 Branches are described in section
36853 \begin_inset space ~
36857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36859 reference "sec:Branches"
36866 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36881 \begin_layout Standard
36882 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36883 to define LaTeX-commands.
36884 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36885 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36889 \begin_layout Standard
36890 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36891 \begin_inset space ~
36895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36897 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36904 \begin_layout Section
36909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36918 \begin_layout Subsection
36922 \begin_layout Standard
36923 Spell checking is explained in section
36924 \begin_inset space ~
36928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36930 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36937 \begin_layout Subsection
36941 \begin_layout Standard
36942 The thesaurus is described in section
36943 \begin_inset space ~
36947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36949 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36956 \begin_layout Subsection
36961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36970 \begin_layout Standard
36971 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36975 \begin_layout Subsection
36980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36989 \begin_layout Standard
36990 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36993 \begin_layout Subsection
36998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36999 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 Reconfiguration of LyX
37014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37031 Reconfiguration of LyX
37039 \begin_layout Standard
37040 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37041 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37042 \begin_inset space ~
37046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37048 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37055 \begin_layout Subsection
37059 \begin_layout Standard
37060 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37061 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37067 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37074 \begin_layout Section
37079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37088 \begin_layout Standard
37089 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37093 \begin_layout Standard
37097 \begin_inset space ~
37102 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37103 found by LyX (see also section
37104 \begin_inset space ~
37108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37110 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37117 \begin_layout Section
37119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37121 name "sec:Toolbars"
37128 \begin_layout Standard
37129 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37130 \begin_inset space ~
37134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37136 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37143 \begin_layout Standard
37144 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37145 This is described in the
37152 \begin_layout Subsection
37157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37166 \begin_layout Standard
37167 \begin_inset Graphics
37168 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37176 \begin_layout Standard
37177 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37183 \begin_layout Standard
37184 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37201 \begin_inset Note Note
37204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37205 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37210 manual for more information.
37218 \begin_layout Standard
37219 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37225 \begin_layout Standard
37226 \begin_inset Tabular
37227 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37228 <features islongtable="true">
37229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37230 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37236 \begin_inset Graphics
37237 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37251 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37264 \begin_layout Standard
37265 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37271 \begin_layout Standard
37273 \begin_inset Tabular
37274 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37275 <features islongtable="true">
37276 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37277 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37278 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37285 \begin_inset Graphics
37286 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37287 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37302 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37309 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37314 \begin_inset Graphics
37315 filename ../images/file-open.png
37316 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37331 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37343 \begin_inset Graphics
37344 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37345 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37360 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37367 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37372 \begin_inset Graphics
37373 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37374 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37389 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37396 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37401 \begin_inset Graphics
37402 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37403 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37418 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37430 \begin_inset Graphics
37431 filename ../images/undo.png
37432 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37447 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37459 \begin_inset Graphics
37460 filename ../images/redo.png
37461 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37476 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37488 \begin_inset Graphics
37489 filename ../images/cut.png
37490 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37505 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37517 \begin_inset Graphics
37518 filename ../images/copy.png
37519 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37534 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37546 \begin_inset Graphics
37547 filename ../images/paste.png
37548 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37563 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37570 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37575 \begin_inset Graphics
37576 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37577 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37578 rotateOrigin center
37587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37593 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37599 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37613 \begin_inset Graphics
37614 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37615 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37628 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37630 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37632 \begin_inset space ~
37643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37648 \begin_inset Graphics
37649 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37650 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37663 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37665 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37667 \begin_inset space ~
37678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37683 \begin_inset Graphics
37684 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37698 Formats text using the current settings in the
37700 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37702 \begin_inset space ~
37713 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37718 \begin_inset Graphics
37719 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37720 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37735 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37736 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37738 \begin_inset space ~
37747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37752 \begin_inset Graphics
37753 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37754 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37755 rotateOrigin center
37764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37782 \begin_inset Graphics
37783 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37784 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37785 rotateOrigin center
37794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37807 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37812 \begin_inset Graphics
37813 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37814 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37815 rotateOrigin center
37824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37828 Toggle outline window on/off,
37830 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37842 \begin_inset Graphics
37843 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37845 rotateOrigin center
37854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37858 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37864 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37869 \begin_inset Graphics
37870 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37871 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37872 rotateOrigin center
37881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37885 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37898 \begin_layout Subsection
37903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37912 \begin_layout Standard
37913 \begin_inset Graphics
37914 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37922 \begin_layout Standard
37923 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37929 \begin_layout Standard
37930 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37934 \begin_layout Standard
37935 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37941 \begin_layout Standard
37942 \begin_inset Tabular
37943 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37944 <features islongtable="true">
37945 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37946 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37947 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37952 \begin_inset Graphics
37953 filename ../images/layout.png
37954 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37955 rotateOrigin center
37964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37974 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37979 \begin_inset Graphics
37980 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37981 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37982 rotateOrigin center
37991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38001 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38006 \begin_inset Graphics
38007 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38008 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38009 rotateOrigin center
38018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38028 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38033 \begin_inset Graphics
38034 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38035 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38036 rotateOrigin center
38045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38055 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38060 \begin_inset Graphics
38061 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38062 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38063 rotateOrigin center
38072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38087 \begin_inset Graphics
38088 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38089 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38090 rotateOrigin center
38099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38105 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38107 \begin_inset space ~
38111 \begin_inset space ~
38120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38125 \begin_inset Graphics
38126 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38127 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38128 rotateOrigin center
38137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38143 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38145 \begin_inset space ~
38149 \begin_inset space ~
38158 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38163 \begin_inset Graphics
38164 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38165 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38181 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38193 \begin_inset Graphics
38194 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38195 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38211 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 \begin_inset Graphics
38224 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38240 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38252 \begin_inset Graphics
38253 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38276 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38281 \begin_inset Graphics
38282 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38283 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38305 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38310 \begin_inset Graphics
38311 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38312 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38327 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38329 \begin_inset space ~
38338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38343 \begin_inset Graphics
38344 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38345 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38362 \begin_inset space ~
38371 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38376 \begin_inset Graphics
38377 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38378 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38400 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38405 \begin_inset Graphics
38406 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38407 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38408 rotateOrigin center
38417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38425 \begin_inset space ~
38434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38439 \begin_inset Graphics
38440 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38457 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38459 \begin_inset space ~
38468 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38473 \begin_inset Graphics
38474 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38475 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38490 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38497 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38502 \begin_inset Graphics
38503 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38504 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38519 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38526 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38531 \begin_inset Graphics
38532 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38533 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38570 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38575 \begin_inset Graphics
38576 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38577 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38592 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38593 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38595 \begin_inset space ~
38604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38609 \begin_inset Graphics
38610 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38612 rotateOrigin center
38621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38627 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38629 \begin_inset space ~
38638 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38643 \begin_inset Graphics
38644 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38645 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38646 rotateOrigin center
38655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38661 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38663 \begin_inset space ~
38672 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38677 \begin_inset Graphics
38678 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38679 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38680 rotateOrigin center
38689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38695 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38709 \begin_layout Subsection
38710 View / Update Toolbar
38714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38715 Toolbar ! View / Update
38723 \begin_layout Standard
38724 \begin_inset Graphics
38725 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38732 \begin_layout Standard
38733 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38739 \begin_layout Standard
38740 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38744 \begin_layout Standard
38745 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38751 \begin_layout Standard
38752 \begin_inset Tabular
38753 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38754 <features islongtable="true">
38755 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38756 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38762 \begin_inset Graphics
38763 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38764 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38765 rotateOrigin center
38774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38780 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38792 \begin_inset Graphics
38793 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38794 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38795 rotateOrigin center
38804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38810 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38811 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38823 \begin_inset Graphics
38824 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38825 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38826 rotateOrigin center
38835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38841 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38853 \begin_inset Graphics
38854 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38856 rotateOrigin center
38865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38871 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38872 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38878 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38879 functionality is merged with
38881 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38901 \begin_inset Graphics
38902 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38903 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38904 rotateOrigin center
38913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38919 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38926 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38931 \begin_inset Graphics
38932 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38933 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38934 rotateOrigin center
38943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38949 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38950 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38964 \begin_layout Subsection
38968 \begin_layout Standard
38969 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38970 \begin_inset space ~
38974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38976 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38980 , the table toolbar
38984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38990 is explained in the
38997 \begin_layout Chapter
39003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39005 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39022 \begin_layout Standard
39023 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39025 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39028 \begin_layout Section
39032 \begin_layout Subsection
39034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39045 Customization ! of toolbars
39054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39055 Customization ! of menus
39063 \begin_layout Standard
39064 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39072 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39080 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39081 User Interface File
39085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39086 Customization ! of toolbars
39095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39096 Customization ! of menus
39104 \begin_layout Standard
39105 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39106 interface (ui) file.
39107 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39108 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39117 Both files are loaded by the
39122 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39123 files and edit the entries.
39126 \begin_layout Standard
39127 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39139 entries must be ended with an explicit
39164 and in the case of the
39165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39177 The syntax for the entries is:
39180 \begin_layout Standard
39181 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39209 \begin_layout Standard
39211 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39214 All LyX-functions are listed in
39215 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39224 \begin_layout Standard
39225 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39231 \begin_layout Standard
39232 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39234 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39237 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39241 \begin_layout Standard
39242 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39247 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39250 \begin_layout Standard
39252 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39255 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39258 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39272 \begin_layout Standard
39273 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39274 Several binding files are available:
39277 \begin_layout Description
39278 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39281 \begin_layout Description
39282 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39293 \begin_layout Description
39294 mac.bind set of bindings for
39297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39305 \begin_layout Standard
39306 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39310 , and bind files for special languages.
39311 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39321 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39325 \begin_layout Standard
39326 Some bind-files, like
39330 , have only a small scope.
39331 When looking at the the end of the file
39335 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39338 \begin_layout Standard
39339 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39340 s with a text editor.
39341 The syntax of the entries is:
39344 \begin_layout Standard
39350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39368 \begin_layout Standard
39369 All LyX-functions are listed in
39370 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39379 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39383 \begin_layout Standard
39387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39391 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39394 restore window size, or use fixed size
39396 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39400 \begin_layout Standard
39404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39411 restore window position
39413 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39416 \begin_layout Standard
39419 Restore cursor positions
39421 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39425 \begin_layout Standard
39428 Load opened files from last session
39430 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39437 name "sub:Backup documents"
39445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39454 \begin_layout Standard
39459 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39462 \begin_layout Standard
39467 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39470 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39472 \begin_inset space ~
39480 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39484 \begin_layout Standard
39487 Cursor follows scrollbar
39489 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39493 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39497 \begin_layout Standard
39500 Enable Pixmap Cache
39502 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39503 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39504 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39505 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39507 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39508 \begin_inset space ~
39514 \begin_layout Subsection
39519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39528 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39535 \begin_layout Standard
39536 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39539 \begin_layout Standard
39540 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39548 This section only deals with the fonts
39553 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39556 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39557 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39568 \begin_layout Standard
39569 By default, LyX uses
39573 as roman (serif) font,
39581 (depends on the system) as
39584 \begin_inset space ~
39600 \begin_layout Standard
39601 You can change the font size with the
39608 \begin_layout Standard
39613 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39614 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39619 points have the size of 1
39620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39624 \begin_inset space ~
39628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39630 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39637 \begin_layout Standard
39642 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39643 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39647 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39648 \begin_inset space ~
39652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39654 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39661 \begin_layout Subsection
39666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39685 \begin_layout Standard
39686 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39687 Choose an item in the list and use the
39694 \begin_layout Subsection
39699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39700 Settings ! Graphics
39708 \begin_layout Standard
39709 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39712 \begin_layout Standard
39717 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39718 This feature is described in section
39719 \begin_inset space ~
39723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39725 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39732 \begin_layout Subsection
39737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39748 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39756 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39763 \begin_layout Standard
39764 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39765 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39774 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39775 can use the keyboard map file named
39782 \begin_layout Standard
39783 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39791 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39799 \begin_layout Section
39804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39815 Settings ! Directory
39823 \begin_layout Description
39825 \begin_inset space ~
39828 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39829 It is the default when you
39840 \begin_inset space ~
39848 \begin_layout Description
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39853 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39855 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39857 \begin_inset space ~
39861 \begin_inset space ~
39869 \begin_layout Description
39871 \begin_inset space ~
39878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39884 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39885 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39886 \begin_inset space ~
39890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39892 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39900 will be used to save the backups.
39901 \begin_inset Newline newline
39904 The backup files have the ending
39905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39915 \begin_layout Description
39920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39927 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39928 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39929 \begin_inset Newline newline
39933 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39941 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39949 \begin_layout Description
39951 \begin_inset space ~
39954 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39957 \begin_layout Description
39959 \begin_inset space ~
39962 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39963 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39964 to find it on the system.
39965 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39966 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39968 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39975 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39976 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39980 \begin_layout Section
39984 \begin_layout Standard
39985 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39986 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39988 \begin_inset space ~
39992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39994 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39998 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40001 \begin_layout Section
40006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40007 Language ! Settings
40016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40017 Settings ! Language
40025 \begin_layout Subsection
40029 \begin_layout Description
40031 \begin_inset space ~
40034 language is the language used in new documents
40037 \begin_layout Description
40039 \begin_inset space ~
40042 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40044 The default is the LaTeX-command
40050 that loads the package
40058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40059 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40060 \begin_inset space ~
40064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40066 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40076 \begin_inset Newline newline
40083 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40084 the document language.
40085 A text label is for instance the word
40086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40093 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40096 \begin_layout Description
40098 \begin_inset space ~
40101 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40102 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40103 An example is the start command
40109 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40114 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40129 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40134 \begin_layout Description
40136 \begin_inset space ~
40144 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40145 command toggles the package on and off.
40148 \begin_layout Description
40150 \begin_inset space ~
40160 \begin_layout Description
40161 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40162 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40163 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
40164 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40171 \begin_layout Description
40173 \begin_inset space ~
40176 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40178 When this option is not set, the
40181 \begin_inset space ~
40186 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40187 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40190 \begin_inset space ~
40198 \begin_layout Description
40200 \begin_inset space ~
40206 \begin_inset space ~
40212 When it is not set, the
40215 \begin_inset space ~
40220 is set to the end of the document.
40223 \begin_layout Description
40225 \begin_inset space ~
40229 \begin_inset space ~
40232 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40233 language will be underlined blue.
40236 \begin_layout Description
40238 \begin_inset space ~
40242 \begin_inset space ~
40246 \begin_inset space ~
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40253 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40257 \begin_layout Subsection
40261 \begin_layout Standard
40262 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40263 \begin_inset space ~
40267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40269 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40276 \begin_layout Section
40280 \begin_layout Subsection
40282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40311 \begin_layout Description
40313 \begin_inset space ~
40316 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40317 The name will be used when the
40322 \begin_inset Newline newline
40326 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40334 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40343 \begin_layout Description
40345 \begin_inset space ~
40349 \begin_inset space ~
40353 \begin_inset space ~
40356 printer This option works only for the
40361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40373 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40374 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40377 \begin_layout Description
40379 \begin_inset space ~
40382 command is the command LyX
40383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40390 LaTeX uses for printing.
40391 The default is on most systems
40398 \begin_layout Description
40400 \begin_inset space ~
40404 \begin_inset space ~
40407 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40408 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40409 of the program that provides the
40416 \begin_layout Subsection
40421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40432 Settings ! Date format
40440 \begin_layout Standard
40441 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40442 \begin_inset Newline newline
40446 \begin_inset Flex URL
40449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40451 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40457 \begin_inset Newline newline
40460 For example the format
40461 \begin_inset Newline newline
40465 \begin_inset Newline newline
40468 prints the date as day/month/year.
40471 \begin_layout Subsection
40475 \begin_layout Description
40477 \begin_inset space ~
40481 \begin_inset space ~
40484 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40487 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40488 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40490 \begin_inset space ~
40496 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40500 \begin_layout Description
40502 \begin_inset space ~
40505 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40510 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40511 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40514 \begin_layout Subsection
40519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40529 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40538 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40546 \begin_layout Description
40551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40559 \begin_inset space ~
40562 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40567 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40589 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40602 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40603 LyX sets up in the background.
40604 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40607 \begin_layout Description
40609 \begin_inset space ~
40613 \begin_inset space ~
40616 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40621 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40624 \begin_layout Description
40626 \begin_inset space ~
40630 \begin_inset space ~
40634 \begin_inset space ~
40638 \begin_inset space ~
40642 \begin_inset space ~
40646 \begin_inset space ~
40649 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40651 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40654 dialog when changing the document class.
40657 \begin_layout Standard
40660 External Applications
40662 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40663 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40664 manuals of the applications.
40665 Currently the following commands can be set:
40668 \begin_layout Description
40673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40681 \begin_inset space ~
40684 command Command for the program
40688 that is described in section
40699 \begin_layout Description
40704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40712 \begin_inset space ~
40715 command Command for the program
40719 that generates the bibliography, see section
40720 \begin_inset space ~
40724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40726 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40733 \begin_layout Description
40735 \begin_inset space ~
40738 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40739 \begin_inset space ~
40743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40745 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40752 \begin_layout Description
40754 \begin_inset space ~
40758 \begin_inset space ~
40762 \begin_inset space ~
40766 \begin_inset space ~
40769 options They only have an effect when the program
40773 is used as DVI-viewer.
40776 \begin_layout Subsection
40781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40800 \begin_layout Standard
40805 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40808 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40810 uses the Windows path style:
40813 \begin_layout Standard
40821 \begin_layout Standard
40822 instead of the Unix path style:
40825 \begin_layout Standard
40829 \begin_layout Section
40834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40843 \begin_layout Standard
40844 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40845 from one format to another.
40846 You can modify them or create new ones.
40847 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40854 \begin_inset space ~
40864 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40868 \begin_inset space ~
40873 drop-down list, modify the
40877 field, and press the
40884 \begin_layout Standard
40887 Converter File Cache
40889 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40892 Maximum Age (in days
40895 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40896 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40899 \begin_layout Standard
40900 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40901 the converter definition, is described in section
40912 \begin_layout Section
40917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40926 name "sec:File-Formats"
40933 \begin_layout Standard
40934 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40935 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40937 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40945 \begin_inset space ~
40957 \begin_layout Standard
40958 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40959 is described in section
40970 \begin_layout Section
40975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40984 \begin_layout Standard
40985 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40986 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40987 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40988 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40989 This is done by a Copier.
40992 \begin_layout Standard
40993 More about converters is described in section
41004 \begin_layout Chapter
41005 Units available in LyX
41009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41018 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41025 \begin_layout Standard
41026 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41029 reference "cap:Units"
41033 explains all units available in LyX.
41036 \begin_layout Standard
41037 \begin_inset Float table
41043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41044 \begin_inset Caption
41046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41062 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41070 \begin_inset Tabular
41071 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41073 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41074 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41174 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41198 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41225 scaled point (65536
41226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41286 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41341 % of original image width
41348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41555 \begin_layout Chapter
41557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41566 \begin_layout Standard
41567 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41568 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41571 \begin_layout Itemize
41574 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41577 \begin_layout Itemize
41583 \begin_layout Itemize
41589 \begin_layout Itemize
41595 \begin_layout Itemize
41601 \begin_layout Itemize
41607 \begin_layout Itemize
41613 \begin_layout Itemize
41619 \begin_layout Itemize
41622 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41625 \begin_layout Itemize
41631 \begin_layout Itemize
41637 \begin_layout Itemize
41643 \begin_layout Itemize
41649 \begin_layout Itemize
41655 \begin_layout Itemize
41661 \begin_layout Itemize
41667 \begin_layout Itemize
41673 \begin_layout Itemize
41675 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41684 \begin_layout Standard
41685 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41688 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41695 \begin_layout Bibliography
41696 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41697 LatexCommand bibitem
41704 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41707 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41712 \begin_inset Newline newline
41716 \begin_inset Flex URL
41719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41721 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41729 \begin_layout Bibliography
41730 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41731 LatexCommand bibitem
41732 key "latexcompanion"
41736 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41738 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41741 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41744 \begin_layout Bibliography
41745 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41746 LatexCommand bibitem
41751 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41754 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41757 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41760 \begin_layout Bibliography
41761 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41762 LatexCommand bibitem
41769 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41772 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41775 \begin_layout Bibliography
41776 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41777 LatexCommand bibitem
41789 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41792 \begin_layout Bibliography
41793 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41794 LatexCommand bibitem
41800 \begin_inset Newline newline
41804 \begin_inset Flex URL
41807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41809 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41817 \begin_layout Bibliography
41818 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41819 LatexCommand bibitem
41825 \begin_inset Newline newline
41829 \begin_inset Flex URL
41832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41834 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41842 \begin_layout Bibliography
41843 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41844 LatexCommand bibitem
41850 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41852 name "Documentation"
41853 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41862 \begin_inset Newline newline
41866 \begin_inset Flex URL
41869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41871 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41879 \begin_layout Bibliography
41880 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41881 LatexCommand bibitem
41887 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41889 name "Documentation"
41890 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41899 \begin_inset Newline newline
41903 \begin_inset Flex URL
41906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41908 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41916 \begin_layout Bibliography
41917 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41918 LatexCommand bibitem
41924 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41926 name "Documentation"
41927 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41931 of the LaTeX-package
41939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41940 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41946 \begin_inset Newline newline
41950 \begin_inset Flex URL
41953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41955 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41963 \begin_layout Bibliography
41964 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41965 LatexCommand bibitem
41971 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41973 name "Documentation"
41974 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41978 of the LaTeX-package
41986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41987 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41993 \begin_inset Newline newline
41997 \begin_inset Flex URL
42000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42002 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42010 \begin_layout Bibliography
42011 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42012 LatexCommand bibitem
42018 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42020 name "Documentation"
42021 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42025 of the LaTeX-package
42033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42034 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42040 \begin_inset Newline newline
42044 \begin_inset Flex URL
42047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42049 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42057 \begin_layout Bibliography
42058 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42059 LatexCommand bibitem
42065 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42067 name "Documentation"
42068 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42072 of the LaTeX-package
42080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42081 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42087 \begin_inset Newline newline
42091 \begin_inset Flex URL
42094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42096 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42104 \begin_layout Bibliography
42105 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42106 LatexCommand bibitem
42112 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42114 name "Documentation"
42115 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42119 of the LaTeX-package
42127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42128 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42134 \begin_inset Newline newline
42138 \begin_inset Flex URL
42141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42143 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42151 \begin_layout Bibliography
42152 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42153 LatexCommand bibitem
42159 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42162 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42166 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42167 \begin_inset Newline newline
42171 \begin_inset Flex URL
42174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42176 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42184 \begin_layout Bibliography
42185 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42186 LatexCommand bibitem
42192 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42195 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42199 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42200 \begin_inset Newline newline
42204 \begin_inset Flex URL
42207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42209 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42217 \begin_layout Bibliography
42218 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42219 LatexCommand bibitem
42225 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42228 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42232 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42233 \begin_inset Newline newline
42237 \begin_inset Flex URL
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42242 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42250 \begin_layout Bibliography
42251 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42252 LatexCommand bibitem
42258 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42261 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42265 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42266 \begin_inset Newline newline
42270 \begin_inset Flex URL
42273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42275 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42283 \begin_layout Bibliography
42284 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42285 LatexCommand bibitem
42291 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42294 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42298 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42299 \begin_inset Newline newline
42303 \begin_inset Flex URL
42306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42308 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42316 \begin_layout Bibliography
42317 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42318 LatexCommand bibitem
42324 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42327 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42331 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42332 \begin_inset Newline newline
42336 \begin_inset Flex URL
42339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42341 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42349 \begin_layout Bibliography
42350 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42351 LatexCommand bibitem
42357 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42360 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42364 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42365 \begin_inset Newline newline
42369 \begin_inset Flex URL
42372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42374 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42382 \begin_layout Bibliography
42383 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42384 LatexCommand bibitem
42390 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42393 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42397 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42398 \begin_inset Newline newline
42402 \begin_inset Flex URL
42405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42407 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42415 \begin_layout Bibliography
42416 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42417 LatexCommand bibitem
42423 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42426 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42430 about new features in
42435 \begin_inset Newline newline
42439 \begin_inset Flex URL
42442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42444 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42452 \begin_layout Standard
42453 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42487 \begin_inset Note Note
42490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42497 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42498 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42499 bibliography is the second one:
42507 \begin_layout Standard
42508 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42509 LatexCommand bibtex
42510 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42511 options "biblio/alphadin"
42518 \begin_layout Standard
42519 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42522 \begin_layout Standard
42525 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42526 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42531 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42532 LatexCommand printindex